Multi-Function Display
Installation Manual
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulations
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
This publication is available on the UniNet page of our Web site at www.uasc.com
© 2000, 2016 UNIVERSAL AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
3260 East Universal Way
Tucson, AZ 85756
(520) 295-2300 • (800) 321-5253
34-20-02
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
Record of Revisions
Rev No.
Issue Date
Insertion Date
Initials
1
18 December 2000
18 December 2000
UASC
2
2 January 2001
2 January 2001
UASC
3
1 November 2001
1 November 2001
UASC
4
19 January 2004
19 January 2004
UASC
5
16 February 2009
16 February 2009
UASC
6
14 December 2016
14 December 2016
UASC
Retain this record in front of the manual. Upon receipt of revisions, insert and remove pages
according to the List of Effective Pages. Then enter, on this page, the revision number, issue date,
insertion date, and your initials.
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page ROR-1
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
Record of Temporary Changes
Change
No.
Issue Date
Insertion Date & Initials
TC-1
10 December 2019
10 December 2019 / UASC
Removal Date & Initials
Retain this record in front of the manual. Upon receipt of a Temporary Change, insert pages into
manual and enter the Temporary Change number, issue date, insertion date, and your initials. Also,
record the removal of each temporary change.
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page ROTC-1
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
Record of Temporary Changes (Cont.)
Change No.
Issue Date
Insertion Date & Initials
Removal Date & Initials
Retain this record in front of the manual. Upon receipt of a Temporary Change, insert pages into
manual and enter the Temporary Change number, issue date, insertion date, and your initials. Also,
record the removal of each temporary change.
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page ROTC-2
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
List of Effective Pages
Pages affected by the latest change are indicated by an asterisk (*) preceding the page number.
Subject
Page
Title Page
Date
Subject
14 Dec 16
Record of Revisions
1
14 Dec 16
Record of Temporary
Changes
1
2
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
List of Effective Pages
1
2
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
Table of Contents
1
2
3
4
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
Introduction
1
2
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
Description and
Operation
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
FAA Approval
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
Equipment
Specifications
201
202
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
Installation and
Wiring
34-20-02
Page
Date
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
215
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
Page LOEP-1
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
Subject
Page
Date
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
Subject
Page
Date
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
System Data
Installation
401
14 Dec 16
Checkout Procedures
501
502
503
504
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
14 Dec 16
34-20-02
Page LOEP-2
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
Table of Contents
Record of Revisions ................................................................................................................... ROR-1
Record of Temporary Revisions ............................................................................................ROTC-1
List of Effective Pages ............................................................................................................. LOEP-1
Table of Contents ...................................................................................................................... TOC-1
Introduction ........................................................................................................................... INTRO-1
Makeup and Use of This Manual ....................................................................................... INTRO-1
Application ................................................................................................................... INTRO-1
Organization ................................................................................................................. INTRO-2
Abbreviations and Terminology ........................................................................................ INTRO-2
History ................................................................................................................................ INTRO-2
Description and Operation ................................................................................................................. 1
Description ...................................................................................................................................... 1
General ...................................................................................................................................... 1
Standard Features ...................................................................................................................... 2
System Components .................................................................................................................. 5
Interface Capabilities .............................................................................................................. 12
Operation ....................................................................................................................................... 13
General .................................................................................................................................... 13
Multi-Function Display (MFD) P/N 6402-XXXXX-0X ........................................................ 13
Universal RP-1008 Radar Control Panel P/N 1008-0X-X...................................................... 16
FAA Approval ................................................................................................................................. 101
General ........................................................................................................................................ 101
Applicable TSOs ................................................................................................................... 101
Applicable Advisory Circulars.............................................................................................. 101
Software Criticality ............................................................................................................... 101
Instructions for Continued Airworthiness, FAR 23.1529, 25.1529, 27.1529, 29.1529 .............. 101
General Information .............................................................................................................. 102
Airworthiness Limitations..................................................................................................... 102
Environmental Qualification Forms............................................................................................ 102
Multi-Function Display (MFD) without Mod 14 .................................................................. 103
Multi-Function Display (MFD) with Mod 14 ....................................................................... 104
Configuration Module ........................................................................................................... 106
RP-1008 Radar Control Panel ............................................................................................... 108
Video Interface Unit.............................................................................................................. 109
Vibration Profiles ........................................................................................................................ 110
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page TOC-1
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
Equipment Specifications ............................................................................................................... 201
Equipment Identification............................................................................................................. 201
Multi-Function Display P/N 6402-XXXXX-XX .................................................................. 201
RP-1008 Radar Control Panel P/N 1008-0X-X .................................................................... 202
Equipment Specification Tables ................................................................................................. 203
MFD P/N 6402-XXXXX-XX ............................................................................................... 203
RP-1008 Radar Control Panel P/N 1008-0X-X .................................................................... 203
Configuration Module P/N 50011......................................................................................... 203
Video Interface Unit (VIU) P/N 30111-000 ......................................................................... 204
Installation Kits ........................................................................................................................... 204
Multi-Function Display Installation Kit P/N K12039........................................................... 204
RP-1008 Radar Control Panel P/N 1008-01-X & 1008-03-X Installation Kit
P/N K12060..................................................................................................................... 204
RP-1008 Radar Control Panel P/N 1008-02-X Installation Kit P/N K12060-1 ................... 205
VIU Installation Kits ............................................................................................................. 205
Equipment Drawings................................................................................................................... 207
Multi-Function Display P/N 6402-XXXXX-0X................................................................... 207
MFD-640 Instrument Panel Cutout....................................................................................... 208
MFD-640 Viewing Angles.................................................................................................... 209
Multi-Function Display Unit Cooling ................................................................................... 210
RP-1008 Radar Control Panel P/N 1008-0X-X .................................................................... 211
Configuration Module Outline and Installation P/N 50011 .................................................. 214
Configuration Module Outline and Installation P/N 50011 Mod 1 ...................................... 214
Video Interface Unit (VIU) P/N 3011-000 ........................................................................... 215
MFD Signal Characteristics ........................................................................................................ 216
Power and Signal Characteristics .......................................................................................... 216
Analog Inputs (requires DSP or RDR – 1E/F Video CCA) .................................................. 217
Digital Inputs – Data Bus ...................................................................................................... 218
Discrete Inputs (Ground/Open) ............................................................................................. 226
Digital Outputs ...................................................................................................................... 226
Discrete Outputs (Ground/Open) .......................................................................................... 226
Installation and Wiring .................................................................................................................. 301
General ........................................................................................................................................ 301
Wiring Diagrams ......................................................................................................................... 302
MFD Power and Configuration Module ............................................................................... 302
ARINC 429 Inputs and Outputs ............................................................................................ 303
CSDB (RS-422) Inputs and Outputs ..................................................................................... 304
28 VDC/OPEN Discrete Inputs ............................................................................................ 305
GROUND/OPEN Discrete Inputs and Outputs .................................................................... 305
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page TOC-2
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
ARINC 708 Inputs and Connection Requirements ............................................................... 306
Synchro Inputs (MFD P/N 6402-XXX11-0X)...................................................................... 307
VGA Inputs ........................................................................................................................... 308
CSDB (RS-422) Dual VOR and DME Connection .............................................................. 309
UASC TAWS Connection to MFD ...................................................................................... 310
UASC Vision-1 Connection to MFD .................................................................................... 311
UASC UniLink Connection to MFD .................................................................................... 312
UASC FMS Connection to MFD .......................................................................................... 313
GPWS (MK VII) Connection to Single MFD ...................................................................... 314
Primus 300SL Radar System ................................................................................................ 315
Primus 400 Radar System ..................................................................................................... 316
Primus 90 Radar System ....................................................................................................... 317
Collins WXR-250/270/300 Radar System ............................................................................ 319
Bendix RDR-1E Radar System ............................................................................................. 320
Bendix RDR-1F Radar System ............................................................................................. 321
Bendix RDR-4A/4B, Primus 440/660/880 and WXR-700 Radar Systems .......................... 322
Collins WXR-840/850 Radar System ................................................................................... 322
Honeywell WXPD/SCI Radar System with Honeywell WC-XXX Control ........................ 323
RDR-2000 Interface .............................................................................................................. 324
Single MFD-640 to RDR-1600 ............................................................................................. 325
Dual MFD-640 to RDR-1600 ............................................................................................... 326
Lightning Detection System.................................................................................................. 327
MDF to VIU with TAWS and Vision 1 ................................................................................ 328
Pin Assignment Charts ................................................................................................................ 329
MFD Part Number 6402-10001-0X ...................................................................................... 329
MFD Part Number 6402-11001-0X ...................................................................................... 336
MFD Part Number 6402-10011-0X ...................................................................................... 343
MFD Part Number 6402-11011-0X ...................................................................................... 350
MFD Part Number 6402-12011-0X ...................................................................................... 357
MFD Part Number 6402-33011-0X ...................................................................................... 364
MFD Part Number 6402-43011-0X ...................................................................................... 371
MFD Part Number 6402-44011-0X ...................................................................................... 378
RP-1008 Radar Control Panel .............................................................................................. 385
Video Interface Unit (VIU) ................................................................................................... 387
System Data Installation ................................................................................................................. 401
Checkout Procedures ...................................................................................................................... 501
Introduction ................................................................................................................................. 501
Post-Installation Checkout Procedures ....................................................................................... 501
Initial Checkout ..................................................................................................................... 501
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page TOC-3
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
Video Display Checkout ....................................................................................................... 504
Initiated Built-In-Test (BIT) ................................................................................................. 505
Display of Heading and Navigation Systems Checkout ....................................................... 506
MFD Display of Radar Using an RP-1008 Radar Control Panel (P/N 1008-01-X and
1008-03-X) used with Primus 90, 300SL and 400 Radar Systems ................................. 506
MFD Display of Radar Using an RP-1008 Radar Control Panel (P/N 1008-02-X) used with
Collins 250/270/300 Radar Systems ............................................................................... 508
MFD Display of Radar Without an RP-1008 Radar Control Panel ...................................... 510
TAWS/EGPWS Checkout .................................................................................................... 510
TCAS Checkout .................................................................................................................... 510
FMS Checkout ...................................................................................................................... 511
UniLink Checkout ................................................................................................................. 511
Vision-1 Checkout ................................................................................................................ 512
Lightning Detection Checkout .............................................................................................. 512
Post-Installation Radar Antenna Adjustment Procedures ........................................................... 513
Preliminary Checkout ........................................................................................................... 513
Collins WXR-250/270/300 Radar System ............................................................................ 513
Primus 400 Radar System ..................................................................................................... 513
Primus 300 Radar System ..................................................................................................... 514
Cleaning ...................................................................................................................................... 516
Display .................................................................................................................................. 516
Handling and Packaging ............................................................................................................. 517
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page TOC-4
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
Introduction
1.
Makeup and Use of This Manual
A.
Application
This Installation Manual for the Multi-Function Display is applicable to the components and
hardware/software combinations listed in the following tables:
Component
MFD
MFD Configuration
Module
Part Number
6402-XXXXX-0X
50011
Remarks
Multi-Function Display (MFD) models
This module is mounted externally to the LRU
and is used to store aircraft specific
configuration data.
MFD Radar Control Panel
1008-0X-X
Provide interface of the MFD with some existing
radar systems.
Video Interface Unit
30111-000
Allows two video sources to be displayed on the
MFD. VIU cam be remotely mounted in nonpressurized areas of the aircraft.
Control Panel Installation
Kit
K12060
MFD Installation Kit
K12039
Required connectors and hardware for
installation
VIU Installation Kit
K12072
Connectors needed for installation.
Required mating connector for installation
Software Control Number
MFD Part Number
1011.0.X
1011.1.X
1011.3.X
1011.4.X







6402-10011-0X


6402-11011-0X


6402-12011-0X


6402-10001-0X
6402-11001-0X
1011.5.X
6402-33011-0X

6402-43011-0X

6402-44011-0X

NOTE: Software release 1011.0.X available only for USAF C-21
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page INTRO-1
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
B.
Organization
This Installation Manual provides information about:
(1)
Description and Operation of the MFD and its related components.
(2)
FAA Approval including Environmental Qualification Forms.
(3)
Equipment Specifications to support selection of compatible peripherals and planning
for the installation of MFD Components.
(4)
General installation and wiring requirements.
(5)
Work sheets and procedures for configuring the Configuration Module.
(6)
Checkout of the MFD.
2.
Abbreviations and Terminology
This manual contains no abbreviations or terms that have varying interpretations throughout
the industry. Throughout this manual, you may see part numbers containing X’s. These X’s
define variables, which in specific portions of text, do not matter. Refer to the Equipment
Specifications Section for full part number definition.
3.
History
This is the fourth revision of this manual. This revision incorporates all Temporary Changes
dated prior to the date of this revision. The style of the manual is consistent with the
requirements of ATA Specification 100.
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page INTRO-2
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
Description and Operation
1.
Description
A.
General
The information contained within this installation manual describes the administrative and
technical aspects, features and components of Universal Avionics Systems Corporation’s
(UASC) Multi-Function Display (MFD). All comments or recommendations regarding the
installation, acceptance or operation of the MFD or its accessories and components can be
directed to the Product Support Department at Universal Avionics Systems Corporation.
The Multi-Function Display is a high quality instrument designed to serve in both new and
replacement applications. The MFD is powered by standard 28VDC aircraft electrical power.
The unit reads a configuration module upon power-up to assume the operating characteristics
appropriate to the aircraft configuration. Bezel lighting input of 5VAC, 5VDC or 28VDC is
accommodated.
The MFD receives and displays graphics data from weather radar and other devices. A VGA
graphics interface is also supported and used for the display of Universal Avionics’ Terrain
Awareness Warning System (TAWS) and Vision-1. The MFD provides two ARINC-708
image bus inputs allowing the use of both a digital radar and terrain system. Display of radar
and terrain data inputs are mutually exclusive, only one can be selected for display at a time.
A large number of configurations are supported by the MFD’s software. The configuration
module is programmed at the time of system installation. It stores the data defining the
interface, mode, and function options selected to match the aircraft systems and operator's
requirements.
System circuitry provides for extensive self-diagnostic testing. At power up, the system
automatically performs a self-test routine, if any failures are detected, the MFD will display
the applicable failure annunciation upon completion of testing. If no failures are detected, the
system will enter its operational mode. During the course of normal operation, the system
continuously performs self-monitoring for any error indications and will annunciate any
detected operational errors to the pilot. Two other tests available to the operator are the
Video Display Test and Initiated Built-in-Test
The information, drawings, and wiring diagrams contained in this manual are intended as a
reference for engineering planning only. The drawings and wiring diagrams contained herein
do not represent any specific STC or Form 337 aircraft installation. It is the installer’s
responsibility to compose instillation drawings specific to the aircraft. This manual and the
drawings and wiring diagrams contained herein may not be used as a substitute for an STC
or Form 337 drawing package.
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 1
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
B.
Standard Features
The MFD provides the operator with a wide range of unique features and benefits that
provide unsurpassed accuracy and reliability unavailable in conventional electromechanical
systems. System features are as follows:

Full color, high resolution 640X480 Active Matrix Color LCD.

Wide horizontal viewing angle.

Solid state design.

Internally air-cooled, external cooling not required.

10 times higher MTBF over conventional electromechanical units.

Multi-function, selectable display modes offer drop-down menu configuration control.

Navigation, Heading, Course, Ground Speed, Wind Vector and Bearing Pointer control
and display.

Continuous Self-monitoring Built-In-Test (BIT) - Maintenance On Condition Only.
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 2
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
Typical MFD Interface Block Diagram
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 3
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
MFD Interface Block Diagram for the Primus 300SL/400 and WXR-270/300 Radar Systems
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 4
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
C.
System Components
(1)
Multi-Function Display (MFD)
The MFD is intended to be compatible with and used as the primary or alternate
display device for a variety of airborne weather radar systems. It is primarily
designed to use a digital image bus from a radar system. For some radar systems that
have older analog video, this data must be converted to a digital format to be
displayed. RDR-1E/F radar systems are supported by the addition of a circuit card
that is compatible with their specific video.
There are several industry specifications for radar system digital image data buses in
use in corporate and transport aircraft. One of those buses is commonly referred to as
ARINC 453. The intent of the specification was to create a standard for image
compatibility. The bus was to contain Mode, Range, Control, and Image data on a
single two-wire bus. Although the ARINC 453 specification was never formally
released, several avionics radar manufacturers have implemented variations of this
standard. Collins Avionics implemented a version of this bus in many of their general
aviation radar systems products. Allied Signal also implemented a variation of this
bus format for some of their radar and EFIS systems.
Honeywell implemented a similar image bus known as the WXPD bus and this is
widely used to transfer radar image data between radar and EFIS systems in the
Honeywell systems architecture. A significant difference between other
implementations and the WXPD bus is that the WXPD bus does not contain mode
and range data on the image bus. This is transmitted on a separate digital bus in these
systems and may be either a Honeywell Serial Control Interface or an ARINC-429
control bus in some installations.
ARC Display with Weather radar and Navigation Data
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 5
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
Display Controls
(a)
Function Select Keys:
The six Function Select keys are located across the bottom of the display and
are used to display weather, terrain, traffic and navigation data. External data
controls the mode of the display.

WX - Selects configured weather radar and lightning detection systems
for display.

TERR - Selects terrain data (TAWS, EGPWS or Vision-1) for display.

TRAF - Displays TCAS or other traffic warning system data.

NAV – Displays navigation and flight plan data. Successive key press
removes napping features.

ARC/360 - Selects the Arc display or 360 display for presentation.

EXT - Allows external options including UniLink or external video for
display.
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 6
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
(b)
Display Control Keys
There are eight keys located on the sides of the bezel that control display
options. The four keys on the right side of the display function as both hard
keys for their labeled functions and soft keys for prompted line select options.
The four left side keys (Line Select keys) are reserved for line select options.

MENU - Access to the NAV and EXT pull down menus and sub menus.

SEL - Selects or deselects data for use with display functions.

△▽ Keys — Used to control the displayed map range, terrain system
range or radar range, in installations that allow the MFD to control radar
range.
Range is displayed at each end of the half-range arc. Half-range
annunciation of 10 indicates full screen range of 20 nautical miles (NM).
For ARINC-708 radar systems, range is configured to match the range
sets supported by the specific radar system installed. The most common
are in accordance with ranges recommended in ARINC-708, as follows:
5NM, 10NM, 20NM, 40NM, 80NM, 160NM, 320NM.
Terrain display range is configured to match the range sets supported by
the Terrain Awareness Warning System (TAWS).
NAV (Normal) range sets can be configured to longer ranges not
supported by weather radar and TAWS systems.
In the case of non-ARINC-708 radar/terrain system displays, range is
specified by the radar or terrain system to which the MFD is interfaced.

Line Select Keys — All keys on each side of the display can be used to
select or activate options.
DIM Key- Used to adjust brightness of display.
TEST Key - Used to initiate built in test mode.
NOTE: A stuck bezel key will not cause a loss of other functions or cause a
dropdown menu to remain in view for more than five seconds.
(c)
Power Requirements
Each MFD is powered by 28 VDC from the aircraft’s electrical system. The
MFD unit requires a minimum of 18VDC and a maximum of 32VDC
operating power. The MFD uses approximately 90 Watts of power and draws
approximately 2.75 Amps operating at full bright with fans on.
The MFD meets all requirements of DO-160D Section 16.0, Power Input,
Category A, except for paragraph 16.5.2.3, which meets the requirements of
Category B. Power interrupts that exceed 50 milliseconds will cause the MFD
to reboot.
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 7
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
(2)
RP-1008 Radar Control Panel (P/N 1008-0X-X)
A Universal Avionics radar control panel is available to provide an interface for the
MFD with an existing Primus 300SL, 400 and WXR 270/300 radar system. The RP1008 provides control functions for the radar receiver/transmitter and antenna drive
units. It converts video data from the receiver/transmitter to an ARINC-708 format
that is provided to the MFD. Range control is provided by the △▽ range arrows on
the MFD bezel. These keys control an ARINC-429 output bus from the MFD to the
RP-1008.
P/N 1008-01-X Used with Primus 400 Radar System
HOLD
NRM
TEST
TGT
ALRT
STAB
OFF
AZM
0
WX
MIN
MAP
MAX
STBY
OFF
TI LT
MODE
- 15
GAIN
+ 15
P/N 1008-02-X Used with Collins WXR-270/300 Radar System
P/N 1008-03-X Used with Primus 300SL Radar System
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 8
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
(a)
(b)
MODE Select Control

OFF – Removes power from the radar system.

STBY - Select standby after radar has been used in an operating mode;
e.g., WX or TEST. Standby is useful for keeping the radar in a ready state
while taxiing, loading, etc. In Standby, the antenna does not scan, the
transmitter is not enabled, and the display memory is erased.

TEST - Used to select a special test pattern to allow verification of system
serviceability. In TEST, the transmitter is not enabled.

WX - Selects weather detection operation.

NRM – (P/N 1008-02-X only) Same function as WX except contour areas
do not cycle between red and black.

MAP - Selects ground-mapping display.

CYC – (P/N 1008-01-X and 1008-03-X only) Selects cyclic weather
display; CYC is displayed. Displayed red targets flash On and Off once
per second; gain is automatically set to preset level.
TILT Select Control
Tilt Select Control is used to select the tilt angle of the antenna beam with
relation to earth (stabilization On) or with relation to the airframe
(stabilization Off). On the Primus 400 and Collins 270/300 radar systems,
clockwise rotation tilts the beam up 0 to +15 degrees; counterclockwise
rotation tilts beam down 0 to -15 degrees. (See STAB OFF Display Control
Key). On the Primus 300SL Radar System, clockwise rotation tilts the beam
up 0 to +10 degrees; counterclockwise rotation tilts beam down 0 to -10
degrees.
(c)
GAIN Control
(P/N 1008-01-X and 1008-03-X only) – Gain Control is a rotary control with
one fixed gain detented position PRESET. GAIN is used to adjust the
sensitivity of the radar receiver to resolve nearby strong target signals while
ground mapping. Sensitivity increases with clockwise rotation. Full
counterclockwise rotation to detent sets gain at preset level.
(P/N 1008-02-00 only) – GAIN (5-Position Switch) Five-position rotary
switch used to select the desired receiver gain. Sensitivity increases with
clockwise rotation.
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 9
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
(d)
(3)
Display Control Keys

FRZ – (P/N 1008-01-X and 1008-03-X only) Momentary push key used
to turn freeze function ON or OFF with alternate pushes. When FRZ is
selected, the display is not updated with incoming target return data. To
alert pilot, the FRZ label is displayed and flashes On and Off once per
second. FRZ is automatically deactivated whenever selections of different
control settings dictate a change in displayed data. At system turn-on,
FRZ is automatically OFF.

HLD – (P/N 1008-02-X only) Weather Hold. Momentary switch used to
activate the display hold feature. Display is frozen, and display data is not
updated.

TGT ALRT – Turns Target Alert function ON or OFF. When enabled,
the letter T in a red rectangle is displayed to indicate that the target alert
function is active. Target alert is active only when the radar gain is
calibrated; i.e., in WX with GAIN PRESET and in CYC or TEST. The
symbol TGT  in a red rectangle is displayed and flashes once per second
whenever a red-level target is detected within the target alert sector (range
from 60 to 160 NM and within 7.5 degrees of aircraft heading). Target
alert is deactivated automatically if MAP is selected or if variable GAIN
is used, but is reactivated automatically when operating controls are
restored to valid alert settings.

SECT SCAN – (P/N 1008-01-X only) Selection of SECT SCAN changes
the radar antenna azimuth scan from 120 degrees to 60 degrees. SECT
SCAN key is available on the RP-1008 control panel used for the Primus
400 Radar System. The key is blanked on the 1008-02-X and 1008-03-X
radar control panels.

STAB OFF – Selects tilt angle of antenna beam with relation to earth
(STAB ON) or with relation to the airframe (STAB OFF). (See also TILT
Select Control Knob).

AZM – Used to display azimuth markers at 30 degree angles.
Radar Control Panel (Bendix RDR-1E/F)
When the MFD is used as a display device for Bendix RDR-1E/F radar systems, it is
a replacement for the PPI indicators only. Mode and control functions are provided
by the Bendix controller. The MFD will provide range and display intensity settings
only. Refer to the radar manufacturer’s operating instructions.
(4)
Radar Control (ARINC-453)
When the MFD is used in installations with Collins radar systems that provide the
Collins Gen-Av image bus referred to as ARINC-453, the MFD is used as a display
device only. Collins radar mode control panel(s) are required.
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 10
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
(5)
Radar Control (ARINC-708)
When the MFD is used in installations with radar systems conforming to ARINC-708
standards equipped with a separate radar control panel, the MFD is used as a display
device only. The MFD accepts the ARINC-708 data containing mode, range, and
image data on a single bus. It may be possible in some installations to use the MFD
ARINC-429 range word output to control radar range in these installations.
(6)
MFD without Radar
The MFD may also be installed in aircraft without a Radar System. If the radar
system is not configured in the MFD configuration module, pressing the WX bezel
key will result in a display of a FUNCTION NOT AVAILABLE (white letters on
blue background) message on the display.
(7)
Configuration Module
The MFD can be configured for a variety of interface options. The unit reads a
configuration module upon power-up to determine what interface options are
installed, and assumes the operating characteristics appropriate to the aircraft
interface. The configuration module is programmed at the time of system installation.
It stores the data defining the interface, mode and function options selected to match
the aircraft systems and operator requirements.
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 11
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
D.
Interface Capabilities
The following table outlines interface capabilities for various inputs, outputs and operating
modes of the MFD. All options are selected through configuration programming at the time
of installation.
System
WX RADAR
Options
Comments
ARINC-708
WX Data
ARINC-708 (WXPD)
WX Data (requires 6402-3301-0X).
ARINC-429
Range Selection
RDR-1E/F
Analog Video (Requires 6402-120011-0X or 640244011-0X)
TAWS
ARINC-708
Separate 708 picture bus input
or
VGA Video
VGA TAWS Video input
EGPWS
ARINC-429
429 status output (Mode, Range, Status)
429 status input (Mode, Range, Status, pop-up
control)
TCAS
ARINC-429 standard
per ARINC-735
Traffic Alert (situational awareness) display only.
No Resolution Advisory display.
LRN
FMS 1,2,3
May be analog or 429/419 (571) in any
combination of two sources.
NMS 1,2,3
GPS 1,2,3
INS 1,2,3
IRS 1,2,3
EXTERNAL
VIDEO
VGA Video
Switched VGA Video input
UniLink
RS-422
Reference UniLink Installation Manual Interface
Definition
Compass
Synchro or
Configurable for analog heading and valid. (DSP
card required)
ARINC-429
FMS or IRS
DME
#1, #2 CSDB or
#1, #2 ARINC-429
ARINC-568
VOR
#1, #2 CSDB or
#1, #2 ARINC-429
Lightning
Detection
ARINC-429
Vision-1
VGA Video
CSDB DME distance must be externally switched
for #1/#2. ARINC DME uses separate input ports
for each
CSDB Course input can be from #1 or #2 VOR
which must be externally switched. ARINC VOR
uses separate input ports for each
VGA Video input
ARINC 429
Discretes In
19 various
Remote bezel key functions, WOW, Test
Discretes
Out
7 various
VOR/DME source control, external video control,
Terrain select
Heading
(Analog)
ARINC-407
Synchro
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 12
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
2.
Operation
A.
General
Detailed operating procedures for the MFD are provided in the Operator’s Manual, Report
No. 34-20-02.01. The operating procedures presented here are intended to provide
information needed to perform tasks later in this manual.
B.
Multi-Function Display (MFD) P/N 6402-XXXXX-0X
(1)
(2)
Power ON Default
When power is applied to the unit, the display will initially display one or more of the
following functions selected during installation configuration: WX, TERR, TRAF,
or NAV.
Function Keys
The WX, TERR, TRAF and NAV Function keys all operate in a similar manner.
When these keys are pressed the function toggles ON or OFF depending on their
previous state. The ON state is indicated by the function being annunciated directly
over the appropriate keys. The annunciation will be green to indicate valid data is
available for that function and yellow when data is absent or invalid.
If a sensor or input for a function key is not interfaced and configured, pressing that
function key will result in a display of MODE NOT OPERATIVE message.
CAUTION: DO NOT CONFIGURE WX AND TERR TOGETHER FOR
DISPLAY AT POWER-UP. DOING SO WILL RESULT IN A
BLANK DISPLAY AND REQUIRE THE REPLACEMENT OF
THE CONFIGURATION MODULE.
The weather and terrain display functions are mutually exclusive and cannot be
displayed simultaneously. When the display is set to display weather, WX will
annunciate between and above the WX and TERR keys. With the weather function
displayed, pressing the TERR key will turn On the terrain function and turn Off the
weather function and vice versa. OFF will indicate neither function is selected for
display. When radar is selected for display, the current radar mode is annunciated in
this field, i.e. STBY, WX, WXA, MAP, CYC, TEST, etc.
ARINC-708 terrain is displayed with an overlay of NAV and TCAS data. TCAS
overlay is selected with TAWS VGA MAP terrain display only. Navigation data is
embedded in the VGA display format.
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 13
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
ARC Display with Weather Radar and Navigation Data
(3)
Menus
All menus operate in the same manner. When a menu box (boxed M) is in view on
the right side of the display, pressing the MENU key will cause a menu to be
displayed. Line select prompts will appear at the SEL key for the NAV and at the 
for EXT menu. Pressing these keys will bring down the appropriate menu. Once
accessed, the menu will remain on the display for 15 seconds unless action is taken to
use the menu. Use the menu as follows:
The arrow keys move a highlighted field up or down the selections available on the
menu. To activate the menu selection, the SEL key is pressed turning the menu item
ON or OFF. A boxed M next to a menu item indicates a submenu is available. The
MENU key accesses the submenu when the menu item is highlighted.
Press any Function key to exit the menu or submenu and save the data. Pressing a
function key to exit a menu will not toggle off a function. It will however toggle on
that function if that function is set to OFF. This allows immediate access or return to
any function if required.
If VOR/DME inputs are used, only one may be selected for display at a time. Display
of VOR data requires both VOR and DME data to position the symbol. When VOR
#2 Course is selected for display in a CSDB VOR installation, the MFD will provide
a discrete output for controlling a relay to switch the CSDB data inputs to
VOR/DME #2.
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 14
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
The NAV menu allows access to options for the NAV display. The first level menu
allows turning ON or OFF NAV background items on the display. The submenus for
the Navaids and airports items will allow up to ten Navaids and airports to be
selected for display.
NOTE:
Menu selections on the NAV dropdown menu may vary depending on
system configuration.
NAV Dropdown Menu
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 15
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
C
Universal RP-1008 Radar Control Panel P/N 1008-0X-X
Universal Avionics radar control panel is available to provide an interface for the MFD with
an existing Primus 300SL or 400 Radar System. The RP-1008 provides control functions for
the radar receiver/transmitter and antenna drive units. It converts video data from the
receiver/transmitter to an ARINC-708 format that is provided to the MFD. Range control is
provided by the up/down range arrows on the MFD bezel. Detailed operating instructions are
provided in the MFD Operators Manual, Report Number 34-20-02.01.
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 16
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
FAA Approval
1.
General
Approval of the Multi-Function Display (MFD) System is not authorized by this Installation
Manual. Acceptance for the installation and use of the MFD and its associated components
must be sought through the appropriate offices of the Federal Aviation Administration or
other certifying agency. It is recommended that all proposed installations be coordinated
with the local jurisdiction of the Federal Aviation Administration or other certifying agency
prior to performing the installation.
A.
B.
Applicable TSOs
(1)
TSO C63c 8/18/83: Airborne Weather and Ground Mapping Pulsed Radars.
(2)
TSO C105 6/13/84: Optional Display Equipment for Weather and Ground Mapping
Radar Indicators.
(3)
TSO C113 10/27/86: Airborne Multipurpose Electronic Displays.
(4)
TSO C119b 12/18/98: Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance System (TCAS) Airborne
Equipment, TCAS II.
(5)
ETSO C113 10/24/03: Airborne Multipurpose Electronic Displays.
(6)
ETSO C105 10/24/03: Optional Display Equipment for Weather and Ground
Mapping Radar Indicators.
(7)
ETSO C119b 10/24/03: Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance System (TCAS)
Airborne Equipment, TCAS II.
Applicable Advisory Circulars
(1)
C.
AC 20-68B 8/8/80: Recommended Radiation Safety Precautions for Ground
Operation of Airborne Weather Radar.
Software Criticality
The software embedded in the MFD Display is categorized as DO-178B Level C (Major).
Level C software is defined by DO-187B as "software whose anomalous behavior, as shown
by the system safety assessment process, would cause or contribute to a failure of system
function resulting in a major failure condition for the aircraft".
2.
Instructions for Continued Airworthiness, FAR 23.1529, 25.1529,
27.1529, 29.1529
Our statement in compliance with FAR 23.1529, 25.1529, 27.1529, 29.1529 is as follows:
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 101
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
A.
General Information
SYSTEM: Universal Avionics Systems Corporation Multi-Function Display (MFD).
Modification of an aircraft by this Supplemental Type Certificate or Form 337 obligates the
aircraft operator to include the maintenance information provided by this document in the
operator’s Aircraft Maintenance Manual and the operator’s Aircraft Scheduled Maintenance
Program.
B.
(1)
Maintenance Manual information for MFD (system description, removal, Installation,
wiring, testing etc.) is contained in Universal Avionics Systems Corporation’s
(UASC) Installation Manual Report No. 34-20-02. System operation is described
fully in the UASC Operator’s Manual report No. 30-20-02.01.
(2)
Line Replaceable Unit (LRU) part numbers and other necessary part numbers
contained in the installation data package should be placed into the aircraft operator’s
appropriate aircraft Illustrated Parts Catalog.
(3)
Wiring diagram information contained in this data package should be placed into the
aircraft operator’s appropriate aircraft Wiring Diagram Manuals.
(4)
Installation specific electrical drawings, mechanical drawings and miscellaneous
documents are listed on the Master Drawing List Document Number 20422.
(5)
The LRU is located on the instrument panel in the cockpit and no special access
requirements exist with the STC.
(6)
Revision to this document will be accomplished via Service Bulletin and/or
Installation Manual revision.
Airworthiness Limitations
The Airworthiness Limitations Section is FAA approved and specifies maintenance required
under Secs. 43.16 and 91.403 of the Federal Aviation Regulations unless an alternative
program has been FAA approved.
Scheduled Maintenance Program tasks to be added to the aircraft operator’s appropriate
aircraft maintenance program are as follows:
(1)
Recommended Periodic Scheduled Servicing Tasks:
(2)
Recommended Periodic Scheduled Preventative Maintenance Tests/Checks to
Determine System Condition and/or Latent Failures:
None Required
NOTE:
3.
None Required
System performs continuous self-testing (BIT) and monitoring; any
detected failures are annunciated to the pilot.
(3)
Recommended Periodic Inspections:
None Required
(4)
Recommended Periodic Structural Inspections:
None Required.
Environmental Qualification Forms
The environmental categories under which all related components of the MFD System are
defined are on the following Environmental Qualification Forms.
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 102
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
Temporary Change No. 34.20.02-1
Manual Affected
Unit Multi-Function Display (MFD-640) Installation/ Manual, Report No. 34-20-02 dated
14 December 2016.
Filing Instructions
Insert adjacent Page 103 in the FAA Approval section.
Purpose
This Temporary Change updates the Environmental Qualification Form (EQF) for SCN 1011.5.4 to
DO-160D, Environmental Conditions and Test Procedures for Airborne Equipment.
Instructions
Insert the following EQF adjacent to Page 103.
The information contained herein is subject to the Export
Administration Regulation (“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774.
Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34.20.02-1
Page 1 of 5
10 December 2019
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
ENVIRONMENTAL QUALIFICATION FORM
NOMENCLATURE: Multi-Function Display (MFD)
PART NO.: 6402-XX011-0X without Mod 14
TSO NUMBER: C63c, C105, C113, C119b (SCN 1011.5.4)
EASA TSO: C105, C113, C119b (SCN 1011.5.4)
MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATION AND/OR OTHER APPLICABLE SPECIFICATION:
Contained in Installation Manual 34-20-02
MANUFACTURER:
Universal Avionics
3260 E. Universal Way
Tucson, AZ 85756-5097
Conditions
DO-160D
Section
Category
Ground Survival Low Temperature
and Operating Low Temperature
4.5.1
A1
-15C Operating Low Temperature
-55C Ground Survival Low Temperature
Ground Survival and Short-Time
High Operating Temperature
4.5.2
A1
+70C Short Time Operating High Temperature
+85C Ground Survival High Temperature
Operating High Temperature
4.5.3
A1
+55C Operating High Temperature
In-flight Loss of Cooling
4.5.4
V & A1
30 minutes minimum loss of cooling
Altitude
4.6.1
A1
Description of Conducted Tests
+15,000 Ft.
Decompression
4.6.2
A1
Overpressure
4.6.3
A1
-15,000 Ft.
Temperature Variation
5
B
5C per minute from -55C to +70C
Humidity
6
A
16 hours at +50C & 95% humidity followed by
32 hours at +38°C at >85% Humidity
Operational Shocks & Crash
Safety
7
B
6.0 g’s & 20.0 g’s
8
S
T
T
R
Curve M
Curve R
Curve B & B1
Curve G (NOTE: Section 8.8.1 tests to DO-160F)
Vibration
Explosion Proofness
9
X
Not Tested
Waterproofness
10
X
Not Tested
Fluid Susceptibility
11
X
Not Tested
Sand and Dust
12
X
Not Tested
Fungus Resistance
13
X
Not Tested
Salt Spray
14
X
Not Tested
Magnetic Effect
15
Z
Less than 0.3m to cause deflection of 1 degree
Power Input
16
A, B
Voltage Spike
17
A
+600 V peak, 10 µs transients per minute
Audio Frequency Conducted
Susceptibility – Power Inputs
18
Z
Meets the requirements of Section 18.3.1 and Section
16.6.1.2 Power Input – Ripple Voltage, Category Z
Induced Signal Susceptibility
19
Z
The information contained herein is subject to the Export
Administration Regulation (“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774.
Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
Power Interrupt and Low Voltage Conditions to Category
B. All other sections to Category A
34.20.02-1
Page 2 of 5
10 December 2019
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
DO-160D
Section
Category
Description of Conducted Tests
Radio Frequency Susceptibility
(Radiated and Conducted)
20
V,W
&
R
Equipment tested to combined Categories V and W for
conducted susceptibility.
Equipment tested to Category R for radiated
susceptibility.
Emission of Radio Frequency
Energy
21
M
Conditions
Equipment tested to Waveform Set A, Level 3 for Pin
Injection Test.
A2, CE2, & Equipment tested to Waveform Set C and Waveform Set
(4)3
E, Level 2 for cable bundle test.
Equipment Tested to Waveform 4, Level 3 for Ground
Injection
Lightning Induced Transient
Susceptibility
22
Lightning Direct Effects
23
X
Not Tested
Icing
24
X
Not Tested
ESD
25
A
Equipment tested to 10 positive & negative 15 KV pulse
per surface
The information contained herein is subject to the Export
Administration Regulation (“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774.
Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34.20.02-1
Page 3 of 5
10 December 2019
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
ENVIRONMENTAL QUALIFICATION FORM
NOMENCLATURE: Multi-Function Display (MFD)
PART NO.: 6402-X3011-0X and 6402-X4011-0X with Mod 14
TSO NUMBER: C63c, C105, C113, C119b (SCN 1011.5.4)
EASA TSO: C105, C113, C119b (SCN 1011.5.X)
MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATION AND/OR OTHER APPLICABLE SPECIFICATION:
Contained in Installation Manual 34-20-02
MANUFACTURER:
Universal Avionics
3260 E. Universal Way
Tucson, AZ 85756-5097
Conditions
DO-160D
Section
Category
Ground Survival Low Temperature
and Operating Low Temperature
4.5.1
A1
-15C Operating Low Temperature
-55C Ground Survival Low Temperature
Ground Survival and Short-Time
High Operating Temperature
4.5.2
A1
+70C Short Time Operating High Temperature
+85C Ground Survival High Temperature
Operating High Temperature
4.5.3
A1
+55C Operating High Temperature
Altitude
4.6.1
A1
+15,000 Ft.
In-flight Loss of Cooling
4.5.4
V & A1
Description of Conducted Tests
30 minutes minimum loss of cooling
Decompression
4.6.2
A1
Overpressure
4.6.3
A1
-15,000 Ft.
Temperature Variation
5
B
5C per minute from -55C to +70C
Humidity
6
A
16 hours at +50C & 95% humidity followed by
32 hours at +38°C at >85% Humidity
Operational Shocks & Crash
Safety
7
B
6.0 g’s & 20.0 g’s
Vibration
8
S
T
T
R
Curve M
Curve R
Curve B & B1
Curve G (NOTE: Section 8.8.1 tests to DO-160F)
Explosion Proofness
9
X
Not Tested
Waterproofness
10
X
Not Tested
Fluid Susceptibility
11
X
Not Tested
Sand and Dust
12
X
Not Tested
Fungus Resistance
13
X
Not Tested
Salt Spray
14
X
Not Tested
Magnetic Effect
15
Z
Less than 0.3m to cause deflection of 1 degree
Power Input
16
A, B
Voltage Spike
17
A
+600 V peak, 10 µs transients per minute
Audio Frequency Conducted
Susceptibility – Power Inputs
18
Z
Meets the requirements of Section 18.3.1 and Section
16.6.1.2 Power Input – Ripple Voltage, Category Z
Induced Signal Susceptibility
19
Z
The information contained herein is subject to the Export
Administration Regulation (“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774.
Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
Power Interrupt and Low Voltage Conditions to Category
B. All other sections to Category A
34.20.02-1
Page 4 of 5
10 December 2019
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
DO-160D
Section
Category
Description of Conducted Tests
Radio Frequency Susceptibility
(Radiated and Conducted)
20
V,W
&
R
Equipment tested to combined Categories V and W for
conducted susceptibility.
Equipment tested to Category R for radiated
susceptibility.
Emission of Radio Frequency
Energy
21
M
Conditions
Equipment tested to Waveform Set A, Level 3 for Pin
Injection Test.
A2, CE2, & Equipment tested to Waveform Set C and Waveform Set
(4)3
E, Level 2 for cable bundle test.
Equipment Tested to Waveform 4, Level 3 for Ground
Injection
Lightning Induced Transient
Susceptibility
22
Lightning Direct Effects
23
X
Not Tested
Icing
24
X
Not Tested
ESD
25
A
Equipment tested to 10 positive & negative 15 KV pulse
per surface
The information contained herein is subject to the Export
Administration Regulation (“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774.
Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34.20.02-1
Page 5 of 5
10 December 2019
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
ENVIRONMENTAL QUALIFICATION FORM
NOMENCLATURE: Multi-Function Display (MFD)
PART NO.: 6402-XX011-0X without Mod 14
TSO NUMBER: C63c, C105, C113, C119b (SCN 1011.X.X)
EASA TSO: C105, C113, C119b (SCN 1011.4.X AND SCN 1011.5.X
MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATION AND/OR OTHER APPLICABLE SPECIFICATION:
Contained in Installation Manual 34-20-02
MANUFACTURER:
Universal Avionics Systems Corporation
3260 E. Universal Way
Tucson, AZ 85756-5097
DO-160C
Section
Category
4.5.1
A1
4.5.2
A1
4.5.3
4.5.4
4.6.1
4.6.2
4.6.3
5
A1
A1V
A1
A1
A1
B
Humidity
6
A
Operational Shocks & Crash
Safety
7
B
6.0 g’s & 20.0 g’s
Vibration
8
Explosion Proofness
Waterproofness
Fluid Susceptibility
Sand and Dust
Fungus Resistance
Salt Spray
Magnetic Effect
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
S
T
T
X
X
X
X
X
X
Z
Power Input
16
A, B
Voltage Spike
Audio Frequency Conducted
Susceptibility – Power Inputs
Induced Signal Susceptibility
17
A
18
Z
Curve M
Curve R
Curve B & B1
Not Tested
Not Tested
Not Tested
Not Tested
Not Tested
Not Tested
Less than 0.3m to cause deflection of 1 degree
Power Interrupt and Low Voltage Conditions to Category
B. All other sections to Category A
+600 V peak, 10 µs transients per minute
Meets the requirements of Section 18.3.1 and Section
16.6.1.2 Power Input – Ripple Voltage, Category Z
Conditions
Ground Survival Low Temperature
and Operating Low Temperature
Ground Survival and Short-Time
High Operating Temperature
Operating High Temperature
In-flight Loss of Cooling
Altitude
Decompression
Overpressure
Temperature Variation
19
Z
Radio Frequency Susceptibility
(Radiated and Conducted)
20
V,W
&
R
Emission of Radio Frequency
Energy
21
M
Lightning Induced Transient
Susceptibility
22
Lightning Direct Effects
Icing
23
24
ESD
25
Description of Conducted Tests
-15C Operating Low Temperature
-55C Ground Survival Low Temperature
+70C Short Time Operating High Temperature
+85C Ground Survival High Temperature
+55C Operating High Temperature
30 minutes minimum loss of cooling
+15,000 Ft.
-15,000 Ft.
5C per minute from -55C to +70C
16 hours at +50C & 95% humidity followed by
32 hours at +38°C at >85% Humidity
Equipment tested to combined Categories V and W for
conducted susceptibility.
Equipment tested to Category R for radiated
susceptibility.
Equipment tested to Waveform Set A, Level 3 for Pin
Injection Test.
A2, CE2, & Equipment tested to Waveform Set C and Waveform Set
(4)3
E, Level 2 for cable bundle test.
Equipment Tested to Waveform 4, Level 3 for Ground
Injection
X
Not Tested
X
Not Tested
Equipment tested to 10 positive & negative 15 KV pulse
A
per surface
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 103
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
ENVIRONMENTAL QUALIFICATION FORM
NOMENCLATURE: Multi-Function Display (MFD)
PART NO.: 6402-X3011-0X and 6402-X4011-0X with Mod 14
TSO NUMBER: C63c, C105, C113, C119b (SCN 1011.5.X)
EASA TSO: C105, C113, C119b (SCN 1011.5.X)
MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATION AND/OR OTHER APPLICABLE SPECIFICATION:
Contained in Installation Manual 34-20-02
MANUFACTURER:
Universal Avionics Systems Corporation
3260 E. Universal Way
Tucson, AZ 85756-5097
DO-160C
Section
Category
4.5.1
A1
4.5.2
A1
4.5.3
4.5.4
4.6.1
4.6.2
4.6.3
5
A1
A1V
A1
A1
A1
B
Humidity
6
A
Operational Shocks & Crash
Safety
7
B
6.0 g’s & 20.0 g’s
Curve M
Curve R
Curve B & B1
Curve G (NOTE)
Not Tested
Not Tested
Not Tested
Not Tested
Not Tested
Not Tested
Less than 0.3m to cause deflection of 1 degree
Power Interrupt and Low Voltage Conditions to Category
B. All other sections to Category A
+600 V peak, 10 µs transients per minute
Meets the requirements of Section 18.3.1 and Section
16.6.1.2 Power Input – Ripple Voltage, Category Z
Conditions
Ground Survival Low Temperature
and Operating Low Temperature
Ground Survival and Short-Time
High Operating Temperature
Operating High Temperature
In-flight Loss of Cooling
Altitude
Decompression
Overpressure
Temperature Variation
Vibration
8
Explosion Proofness
Waterproofness
Fluid Susceptibility
Sand and Dust
Fungus Resistance
Salt Spray
Magnetic Effect
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
S
T
T
R
X
X
X
X
X
X
Z
Power Input
16
A, B
Voltage Spike
Audio Frequency Conducted
Susceptibility – Power Inputs
Induced Signal Susceptibility
17
A
18
Z
19
Z
Radio Frequency Susceptibility
(Radiated and Conducted)
20
V,W
&
R
Emission of Radio Frequency
Energy
21
M
Lightning Induced Transient
Susceptibility
22
Description of Conducted Tests
-15C Operating Low Temperature
-55C Ground Survival Low Temperature
+70C Short Time Operating High Temperature
+85C Ground Survival High Temperature
+55C Operating High Temperature
30 minutes minimum loss of cooling
+15,000 Ft.
-15,000 Ft.
5C per minute from -55C to +70C
16 hours at +50C & 95% humidity followed by
32 hours at +38°C at >85% Humidity
Equipment tested to combined Categories V and W for
conducted susceptibility.
Equipment tested to Category R for radiated
susceptibility.
Equipment tested to Waveform Set A, Level 3 for Pin
Injection Test.
A2, CE2, & Equipment tested to Waveform Set C and Waveform Set
(4)3
E, Level 2 for cable bundle test.
Equipment Tested to Waveform 4, Level 3 for Ground
Injection
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 104
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
Conditions
Lightning Direct Effects
Icing
DO-160C
Section
23
24
Category
Description of Conducted Tests
Not Tested
Not Tested
Equipment tested to 10 positive & negative 15 KV pulse
ESD
25
A
per surface
NOTE: Profile 1 through Profile 7. Refer to Table 1: Vibration Test Profile and Table 2: vibration Profile / Platforms at
the end of the FAA Approval section.
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
X
X
34-20-02
Page 105
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
ENVIRONMENTAL QUALIFICATION FORM
NOMENCLATURE: Configuration Module
PART NO.: 50011
TSO NUMBER: C113
EASA TSO: C113
MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATION AND/OR OTHER APPLICABLE SPECIFICATION:
Contained in Installation Manual 34-20-02
MANUFACTURER:
Universal Avionics Systems Corporation
3260 E. Universal Way
Tucson, AZ 85756-5097
DO-160C
Section
Category
4.5.1
A1
4.5.2
A1
4.5.3
4.5.4
4.6.1
4.6.2
4.6.3
5
A1
A1V
A1
A1
A1
B
Humidity
6
A
Operational Shocks & Crash
Safety
7
B
6.0 g’s & 20.0 g’s
Curve M
Curve R
Curve B & B1
Curve G (NOTE)
Not Tested
Not Tested
Not Tested
Not Tested
Not Tested
Not Tested
Less than 0.3m to cause deflection of 1 degree
Power Interrupt and Low Voltage Conditions to Category
B. All other sections to Category A
+600 V peak, 10 µs transients per minute
Meets the requirements of Section 18.3.1 and Section
16.6.1.2 Power Input – Ripple Voltage, Category Z
Conditions
Ground Survival Low Temperature
and Operating Low Temperature
Ground Survival and Short-Time
High Operating Temperature
Operating High Temperature
In-flight Loss of Cooling
Altitude
Decompression
Overpressure
Temperature Variation
Vibration
8
Explosion Proofness
Waterproofness
Fluid Susceptibility
Sand and Dust
Fungus Resistance
Salt Spray
Magnetic Effect
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
S
T
T
R
X
X
X
X
X
X
Z
Power Input
16
A, B
Voltage Spike
Audio Frequency Conducted
Susceptibility – Power Inputs
Induced Signal Susceptibility
17
A
18
Z
19
Z
Radio Frequency Susceptibility
(Radiated and Conducted)
20
V,W
&
R
Emission of Radio Frequency
Energy
21
M
Lightning Induced Transient
Susceptibility
22
Lightning Direct Effects
23
Description of Conducted Tests
-15C Operating Low Temperature
-55C Ground Survival Low Temperature
+70C Short Time Operating High Temperature
+85C Ground Survival High Temperature
+55C Operating High Temperature
30 minutes minimum loss of cooling
+15,000 Ft.
-15,000 Ft.
5C per minute from -55C to +70C
16 hours at +50C & 95% humidity followed by
32 hours at +38°C at >85% Humidity
Equipment tested to combined Categories V and W for
conducted susceptibility.
Equipment tested to Category R for radiated
susceptibility.
Equipment tested to Waveform Set A, Level 3 for Pin
Injection Test.
A2, CE2, & Equipment tested to Waveform Set C and Waveform Set
(4)3
E, Level 2 for cable bundle test.
Equipment Tested to Waveform 4, Level 3 for Ground
Injection
X
Not Tested
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 106
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
Conditions
Icing
DO-160C
Section
24
Category
Description of Conducted Tests
Not Tested
Equipment tested to 10 positive & negative 15 KV pulse
ESD
25
A
per surface
NOTE: Profile 1 through Profile 7. Refer to Table 1: Vibration Test Profile and Table 2: vibration Profile / Platforms at
the end of the FAA Approval section.
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
X
34-20-02
Page 107
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
ENVIRONMENTAL QUALIFICATION FORM
NOMENCLATURE: RP-1008 Radar Control Panel
PART NO: 1008-0X-X
TSO NUMBER: C63c
MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATION AND/OR OTHER APPLICABLE SPECIFICATION:
Contained in the appropriate Technical Manual
MANUFACTURER:
Universal Avionics Systems Corporation
3260 E. Universal Way
Tucson, AZ. 85706–5021
Conditions
Temperature and Altitude
Low Temperature
DO-160D
Section
Para #
4.0
4.5
Categor
y
A2D1
A2D1
High Temperature
4.5
A2D1
Altitude
Decompression
Overpressure
Temperature Variation
Humidity
Shock
Vibration
4.6
4.6
4.6
5.0
6.0
7.0
8.0
Explosion
Waterproofness
Fluids and Susceptibility
Sand and Dust
Fungus
Salt Fog
Magnetic Effect
9.0
10.0
11.0
12.0
13.0
14.0
15.0
A2D1
A2D1
A2D1
B
A
B
SM
SB
X
X
X
X
X
X
Z
Power Input
Voltage Spike
Audio Frequency
Susceptibility
Induced Signal Susceptibility
Radio Frequency
Susceptibility
Radio Frequency Emission
Lightning Induced Transient
Susceptibility
Lightning Direct Effects
Icing
Electrostatic Discharge
16.0
17.0
18.0
Z
A
Z
19.0
20.0
Z
R
21.0
22.0
M
A3E3
23.0
24.0
25.0
X
X
A
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
Description of Conducted Tests
Tested to –20°C operating and -55°C ground
survival
Tested to +70°C operating and +85°C ground
survival
50,000 Ft
50,000 Ft
-15,000 Ft
5°C per minute change.
Standard Humidity Environment
Standard sinusoidal vibration for fixed-wing, profile M
Standard random vibration for fixed-wing, profile B
Test Not Performed
Test Not Performed
Test Not Performed
Test Not Performed
Test Not Performed
Test Not Performed
Less than 1° magnetic deflection for distance >= 0.3
meters.
Tested with 600V peak, 10-microsecond spike.
Tested from 10 Hz to 150 Hz
Test Not Performed
Test Not Performed
Tested with 15,000V
34-20-02
Page 108
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
ENVIRONMENTAL QUALIFICATION FORM
NOMENCLATURE: Video Interface Unit
PART NO.: 30111-000
TSO NUMBER: C113
MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATION AND/OR OTHER APPLICABLE SPECIFICATION:
Contained in the appropriate Installation Manual
MANUFACTURER:
Universal Avionics Systems Corporation
3260 E. Universal Way
Tucson, AZ. 85706–5021
DO-160D
SECTION
4
4.5.4
5
6
7
CATEG
ORY
A2 E1
X
B
B
B
Vibration
8
SM
SB
Explosion
9
X
Waterproofness
Fluid Susceptibility
Sand and Dust
Fungus Resistance
Salt Spray
Magnetic Effect
Power Input
Voltage Spike
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
W
X
X
X
X
Z
Z
A
Audio Frequency Conducted
Susceptibility
Induced Signal Susceptibility
18
Z
19
Z
20
R
21
M
Lightning Induced Transient
Susceptibility
22
A2 J33
Lightning Direct Effects
Icing
ESD
23
24
25
X
X
A
TEST CONDITIONS
Temperature and Altitude
In-flight Loss of Cooling
Temperature Variation
Humidity
Op and Crash Safety Shock
Radio Frequency
Susceptibility (radiated and
conducted)
Emission of Radio Frequency
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
DESCRIPTION OF TESTS CONDUCTED
-55C to +70C Max Alt – 70,000 ft.
No internal cooling.
Non-temperature controlled area
Severe humidity
Fixed wing and helicopters tested for operational
shock and safety.
AC Type 2 – Fixed Wing Turbojet
AC Type 3 – Fixed Wing Turboprops > 5,700 lbs.
AC Type 4 – Turboprop <5,700 Lbs.
AC Zone 2 Instrument Panel, Console and
Equipment Rack.
Test Standard S – Standard
Not Tested, not spark producing and no hot
surfaces.
Subject to possible condensation
Not Tested
Not Tested
Not Tested
Not Tested
DO-160D allows Z in place of A.
Equipment installed where high degree of
protection against voltage spikes is required..
DO-160D allows Z in place of A.
Equipment intended for operation where
interference-free operation is required.
HIRF conditions are part of normal environment.
Equipment not in direct view of radio receiver
antenna.
Pin Injection, Waveform 3, Level 2: 250/10
Pin Injection, Waveform 4, Level 2: 125/25
Cable Bundle Waveforms:
Single Stroke Waveforms 1 and 3
Multiple Stroke Waveforms 1 and 3
Multiple Burst Waveform 3
Equipment not externally mounted.
Equipment not externally mounted.
All equipment
34-20-02
Page 109
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
4.
Vibration Profiles
Table 1: Vibration Test Profile
Condition: Vibration – Sine on Random
DO-160F Section: 8.8.1, Category R, Curve G
Profile
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Test Curve / Test Level
Frequency
Performance
(Hz)
(g-PK)
Nominal fn*0.90 fn*1.10
f1
f2
f1
f2
f1
f2
f1
f2
f1
f2
17.45
34.9
21.3
42.6
26.05
52.1
10.8
21.6
21.6
43.2
15.71
19.19
31.4
38.4
19.2
23.4
38.3
46.9
23.45
28.66
46.9
57.3
9.7
11.9
19.4
23.8
similar to Profile 2
similar to Profile 2
f1
f2
f1
f2
17.4
34.8
20.9
41.9
similar to Profile 1
similar to Profile 1
similar to Profile 2
similar to Profile 2
0.7
1.4
0.9
1.6
1.1
1.6
0.43
0.86
0.86
1.6
0.7
1.4
0.84
1.6
Endurance
(g-PK)
2.0
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
0.66
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.0
2.5
2.5
2.5
Table 2: Vibration Profile / Platforms
Vibration Profile
Profile -1
Profile -2
Profile -3
Profile -4
Profile -5
Profile -6
Profile -7
Included Platforms
Eurocopter Group 1 – NH90, AS332 MK2, AS332 MK1, AS330, Gazelle,
Alouette 2, Alouette 3, Lama
Eurocopter Group 2 - EC130 B4, EC120, AS350 B1-B3, AS355,
AS365 N1-N3, EC175, Tiger, EC225 MK2+, Super Frelon, Lynx
Eurocopter Group 3 - EC135, EC145, EC155 N4, BO105
Bell 212
Bell 412
Sikorsky S-76 (Sea King Mk.41)
Sikorsky S-61
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 110
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
Equipment Specifications
1.
Equipment Identification
A.
Multi-Function Display P/N 6402-XXXXX-XX
(1)
MFD with SCN 1011.0.X, SCN 1011.1.X SCN 1011.3.X and SCN 1011.4.X
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 201
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
(2)
B.
MFD with SCN 1011.5.X
RP-1008 Radar Control Panels P/N 1008-0X-X
Part Number
1008
-
0X-X
Basic Part Number
1 = Primus 90/400
2 = WXR-250/270/300
3 = Primus 300SL
1 = Gray
2 = Black
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 202
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
2.
Equipment Specification Tables
A.
MFD P/N 6402-XXXXX-XX
Characteristic
Specification
Case Size (excluding Bezel and
Display)
4.06” H x 4.81” W x 7.75” D (Excluding Connectors)
Bezel Size
5.175 “ H x 6.675” W
Display Size
4.03” H x 5.34” W 6.425” Diagonally
Weight
7.775 lbs.
Power Requirements
3 Amps @ 27.5 VDC Nominal
4.2 Amps @ 18 VDC (Emergency Operations Voltage)
B.
Cooling
Two Internal Fans Provide Cooling, External Not Required
Mounting
Solid Mount, 4 #10 screws (length depends on mount depth)
Panel Lighting
5 VAC, 5 VDC, 28 VDC
RP-1008 Radar Control Panel P/N 1008-0X-X
Characteristic
C.
Specification
Height
1.773”
Width
4.916”
Depth
5.004”
Weight
1.5 Lbs.
Power Requirements
0.118A @ 27.5VDC, 3.25 Watts
Mounting
Quarter Turn DZUS Fasteners
Panel Lighting
5 VAC, 5 VDC, 28 VDC
Configuration Module P/N 50011
Characteristic
Specification
Height
0.75”
Width
1.760”
Depth
0.56”
Weight
1 oz.
Power Requirements
Power supplied by MFD
Mounting
Mounted to MFD connector P1 strain relief (remains with
aircraft)
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 203
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
D.
Video Interface Unit (VIU) P/N 30111-000
Characteristics
Specification
Size
4.5” W x 1.0” H x 8.0” D
Weight
0.87 Lb.
Mounting
Bulkhead Mounted
Power Requirements
0.2 Amps @ 28 VDC
3.
Installation Kits
A.
Multi-Function Display Installation Kit P/N K12039
Quantity
B.
Part/Number
Description
1
D38999/26WJ35SN
P1 Connector (AMP)
1
D38999/26WJ35SA
P2 Connector (AMP)
2
M85049/38-25W
Strain Relief, Straight
RP-1008 Radar Control Panel P/N 1008-01-X & 1008-03-X Installation Kit
P/N K12060
Quantity
1
Part Number
MS27473T14F18S
Description
Connector W/Electroless Nickel SR
or
1
JT06RE-14-18S (424)
Connector (Amphenol)
M85049/49-2-14N
Strain Relief, Aluminum, Electroless
Nickel
or
M85049/49-2-14W
or
M85049/49-2-14A
or
M85049/49-2-14S
Strain Relief, Aluminum, OD CAD
Over Electroless Nickel
Strain Relief, Aluminum, Black
Anodized
Strain Relief, Steel, Passivated
NOTE: The connector listed is for plug J2 on the control panel. Plug J1 uses the
existing radar control panel connector in the aircraft.
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 204
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
C.
RP-1008 Radar Control Panel P/N 1008-02-X Installation Kit
P/N K12060-1
Quantity
1
Part Number
DAU-15S
Description
Connector W/Contacts (Cinch)
or
1
DAU-15S and
Connector (ITT Cannon) and
030-1953-000
Contacts (ITT Cannon)
DDMA50S
Connector (ITT Cannon)
or
M24308/2-5
Connector
NOTE: The connector listed is for plug J2 on the control panel. Plug J1 uses the
existing radar control panel connector in the aircraft.
D.
VIU Installation Kits
Installation Kit P/N K12072-2 – For use with PIC Coax Cable P/N V75268
Quantity
4
8
4
20
1
1
5
Part Number
Description
83355372
or
DB24659
Backshell (UASC)
83350005
or
D20419
Lock Screws (UASC)
83350051
or
DBA5W5SA197
or
DBM5W5SA197
Connector (UASC)
83350011
or
110236
Contact, 5A (UASC) (Use with PIC Coax V75268)
83350096
or
46F146
Connector (UASC)
83350092
or
DE110963-1
Backshell (UASC)
83350254
or
030-1952-000
Contact, 20-24 GA, Crimp (UASC)
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
Backshell (ITT Cannon)
Lock Screws (ITT Cannon)
Connector (ITT Cannon)
Connector (ITT Cannon)
Contact, 5A (PIC) (Use with PIC Coax V75268)
Connector (Amphenol)
Backshell (ITT Cannon)
Contact, 20-24 GA, Crimp (ITT Cannon)
34-20-02
Page 205
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
Installation Kit K12072-2 – Installation Tools Required for VIU Contacts(used with PIC contacts
and PIC coax cable V75268)
Part Number
Description
AFM8 (M22520/2-01)
Crimp Tool (center contact) (DMC)
K817
Contact Positioner (Selector Dial set at #5) (DMC)
HX4 (M22520/5-01)
Hex Crimp Tool (DMC)
Y138 (M22520/5-37)
Hex Crimp Die Set (Use Cavity B) (DMC)
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 206
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
4.
Equipment Drawings
A.
Multi-Function Display P/N 6402-XXXXX-0X
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 207
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
B.
MFD-640 Instrument Panel Cutout
7.137
6.310
0.201 DIA HOLE
4 PL
(3.155)
(2.405)
5.00
4.810
45º TYP
6.00
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 208
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
C.
MFD-640 Viewing Angles
Side View Vertical Viewing Angle
Top View Horizontal Viewing Angle
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 209
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
D.
Multi-Function Display Unit Cooling
FORCED FLOW
CHANNELED
AIR OUTLET
EXTERNAL AIR FLOW
CUTAWAY OF
COOLING FIN
CHANNELS
COOLING
FINS
EXTERNAL AIR FLOW
OVER COOLING FINS
SIDE VIEW
AIR OUTLET
AIR
INLETS
COOLING FINS
AIR OUTLET
TOP VIEW
REAR VIEW
FORCED FLOW
CHANNELED
AIR OUTLET
COOLING FIN
CHANNELS
EXTERNAL AIR FLOW
OVER COOLING FINS
AIR INLETS (2)
INTERNAL
DISPLAY
HEAT
INTERNAL
AIR FLOW
INTERNAL
COMPONENT
HEAT
BOTTOM VIEW
BOTTOM AIR
INLETS & FAN
ASSEMBLIES (2)
CUTAWAY
SIDE VIEW
NOTE: A CLEARANCE OF 0.5” FROM BOTH THE TOP & BOTTOM
OF THE UNIT MUST BE MAINTAINED FOR PROPER AIR FLOW.
FORCED AIR COOLING FLOW DIAGRAM
NOTE:
This equipment does not require forced air cooling to perform its intended
function; however, it is the installers’ responsibility to consider the critical
environmental conditions of the installation, including temperature. It is
recognized that the validation of acceptable equipment installations considers
the individual and combined effects of temperature, altitude, and other
environmental influences.
The total temperature effect of the entire installation, (not only individual
components) must be evaluated.
Further guidance may be found, (but not limited to), Title 14 CFR Parts
2X.1309, AC 25-11 and AC 23.1311-1B.
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 210
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
E.
RP-1008 Radar Control Panel P/N 1008-0X-X
(1)
Outline and Dimensions for P/N’s 1008-01-X and 1008-03-X
WARNING: WHEN MAKING ADJUSTMENTS IN THE RP-1008, USE
ONLY A NON-METALLIC ADJUSTMENT TOOL. DO NOT
INSERT TOOL INTO PITCH AND ROLL ALIGNMENT
HOLES IN THE RP-1008 USED WITH THE PRIMUS 400
RADAR SYSTEM, DAMAGE TO THE CIRCUIT CARDS MAY
RESULT.
NOTE:
The pitch and roll adjustment holes on the side of the RP-1008 are
used in the Primus 300SL Radar System only. Although there are
adjustment holes on the RP-1008 used with the Primus 400 Radar
System, there are no adjustments inside.
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 211
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
(2)
Outline and Dimensions for P/N 1008-02-X
5.750
HOLD
NRM
1.875
TEST
TGT
A LRT
4.916
STA B
OFF
A ZM
0
WX
1.773
M IN
MA P
MAX
STBY
.562
0.417
MODE
OFF
- 15
+ 15
TI LT
GAIN
.102
6.593
5.004
0.169
1.325
4.725
4.916
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 212
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
(3)
MFD Radar Control Panel (P/N 1008-01-X) for use with the Honeywell
Primus 400 Radar System.
(4)
MFD Radar Control Panel (P/N 1008-02-X), for use with the Collins
250/270/300 Radar System.
HOLD
NRM
TEST
TGT
A LRT
STAB
OFF
AZM
0
WX
MIN
MAP
MAX
STBY
OFF
(5)
TI LT
MODE
- 15
GAIN
+ 15
MFD Radar Control Panel (P/N 1008-03-X), for use with the Honeywell
Primus 300SL Radar System.
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 213
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
F.
Configuration Module Outline and Installation P/N 50011
MFD CHASSIS
1.602
1.760
0.302 x 2
CONFIGURATION
MODULE
0.188 x 2
THREADED PORTION
OF WIRE CLAMP
0.375
0.75
0.369
P1
STRAIN RELIEF
THREADED PORTION
OF WIRE CLAMP
CONNECTOR
0.56
G.
Configuration Module Outline and Installation P/N 50011 Mod 1
1.760
1.602
.302 x 2
FPID CHASSIS
0.375
0.75
.188 x 2
CONFIGURATION
MODULE
THREADED PORTION
OF WIRE CLAMP
0.369
P1
STRAIN RELIEF
THREADED PORTION
OF WIRE CLAMP
CONNECTOR
0.56
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 214
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
H.
Video Interface Unit (VIU) P/N 30111-000
7.640
0.688
0.570
3.640
4.016
2.500
0.368
7.000
0.188 X 0.438 OBROUND THRU 4X
6.264
1.004
0.062
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 215
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
5.
MFD Signal Characteristics
A.
Power and Signal Characteristics
(1)
Power
Voltage

Maximum average value input voltage = 30.3V

Nominal average value input voltage = 27.5V

Minimum average value input voltage = 22.0V

Emergency Operation average value input voltage = 18.0V
Current under stable +28V condition

Steady-state current draw, lamps full bright, without fans  2.60A

Steady-state current draw, lamps full bright, with fans  2.70A
Bezel Lighting

The MFD provides separate inputs for 0-5VAC/VDC and 0-28VDC bezel
lighting power. The 0-5VAC/VDC input has circuit protection in place in the
event that it is connected to 28VDC in error.
Circuit Protection

(2)
All I/O circuits provide short circuit, open circuit and over-voltage protection, as
well as lightning transient protection in accordance with DO-160D, section 22,
level A32, C32, E32 equipment.
Discrete Inputs

Tolerances for Ground/Open discretes are:
Active ≤ 3.5VDC
Inactive ≥ 100kΩ wrt A_GND

Tolerances for 28V/Open discretes are:
Active ≥ {xx}VDC
where {xx} = (power rail – 14V)
Inactive ≥ 100kΩ wrt A_GND
(3)
CSDB Interface
Refer to CSDB Standard 523-0772774 8th Edition dated 30 January 1991.
(4)
ARINC 407 and 407-1 Interface
Refer to ARINC Specification 407 and 407-1 Combined Issue dated 17 April 1966.
(5)
RS-422 Interface
Refer to TIA/EIA Standard RS-422B dated May 1994.
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 216
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
(6)
ARINC-429 Interface
Refer to ARINC Specification 429-14 General Aviation Subset 2nd Edition dated 1
October 1995.
(7)
ARINC-561-9 Interface
Refer to ARINC Specification 561 rev 9 dated 1 February 1973.
(8)
ARINC-702 Interface
Refer to ARINC Specification 702-6 Flight Management Computer System dated 10
June 1994.
(9)
ARINC-708A Inteface
Refer to ARINC Specification 708A rev 2 dated 10 April 1998.
B.
Analog Inputs (requires DSP or RDR - 1E/F Video CCA)
External Input
Signal Type
Signal Characteristic
Compass
Synchro
ARINC 407 Standard 11.8 VAC synchro XYZ,
with Z leg grounded.
AC Datum References
AC 2-wire
26 VAC reference
NAV Flag
DC
> 18 VDC = valid
RDR-1E/F Radar Video
Video
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 217
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
C.
Digital Inputs – Data Bus
External Input
Signal Type
Label and Signal Name
FMS 1, 2, 3
NMS 1, 2, 3
GPS 1, 2, 3
ARINC 429 HS
074 - Data Record Header
075 - Active WPT Data
113 - Message Checksum
114 - True Desired Track
147 - Magnetic Variation
251 - Distance to Waypoint
252 - Time to Waypoint
270 - FMS Status Word 1
275 - FMS Status Word 2
300 thru 307 Map Waypoint Data
310 - Latitude
311 - Longitude
312 - Groundspeed
314 - True Heading
315 - Wind Speed
316 - Wind Angle
INS 1, 2, 3
IRS 1, 2, 3
ARINC 429 HS
AHRS Direct
ARINC 429 HS
DME
ARINC 429 LS
RS-422 CSDB
ARINC 709-8
270 - Status Word 1
314 - True Heading
320 - Magnetic Heading
324 - Pitch
325 – Roll
330 – Body Yaw Rate
331 – Body Longitudinal Acceleration
332 – Body Latitudinal Acceleration
333 – Body Normal Acceleration
270 - Status
314 - True Heading
320 - Magnetic Heading
324 – Pitch Angle
325 – Roll Angle
035 - DME Frequency
202 - DME Distance
246 - Ground Station Identifier (ARINC 709-8)
247 - Ground Station Identifier (ARINC 709-8)
NOTE: Groundspeed and Time To Go must
be calculated using rate of change of
distance.
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 218
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
VOR
ARINC 429 LS
RS-422 CSDB
ARINC 711-9
TCAS
ARINC 429 HS
Honeywell KCPB Terrain
Control Bus
ARINC 429 LS
034 - VOR/ILS Frequency (BCD)
173 – Localizer (Deviation)
174 – Glideslope (Deviation)
222 - VOR Bearing to Station Degrees
263 - VOR Ground Station Identifier
264 - VOR Ground Station Identifier
NOTE: Crosstrack deviation and TO/FR are
calculated by computing the
difference between bearing to station
and desired course.
013 - DITS Control Word
015 - Altitude Select Limits Word
130 - TCAS, Traffic Advisory, Intruder Range
Word
131 - TCAS, Traffic Advisory, Intruder Altitude
Word
132 - TCAS, Traffic Advisory, Intruder Bearing
Estimate Word
203 - Transponder and TCAS Outputs
(uncorrected own aircraft data)
204 - Transponder and TCAS Outputs
(corrected own aircraft data)
NOTE: Must have either Label 203, 204 or
both present.
270 - TCAS Vertical RA Data Output Word
274 - TCAS Output (SL, RI)
350 - TCAS Fault Summary Word
356 - TCAS Text Transmission Word
357 - RTS/ETX
051 - Status
274 - Control
(Previously ASPB)
RP1008 Radar Control
Panel
Weather Radar Systems
Primus 880/660/440
Collins 850
Collins 300/350
RDR-4A
Honeywell WXPD/SCI
EGPWS
ARINC 429 HS
270 - Control Information
271 - Range
ARINC 708A
ARINC 708A
ARINC 708A
ARINC 708A
ARINC 708A
RS-422
055 – Image Data
055 – Image Data
055 – Image Data
055 – Image Data
055 – Image Data
FF – Status
80 – Mode
81 – Gain
82 – Tilt/Roll Comp
83 – Scan/Map
8F – R/T Data
055 – Image Data
ARINC 708A
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 219
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
TAWS
ARINC 429 HS
Vision 1
ARINC 429 HS
External Video
VGA Video
GPS (Garmin G650,
G430/530)
ARINC 429 HS
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
051 – Status
271 – TAWS Alert Status Word 1
272 – TAWS Alert Status Word 2
274 – EFIS Word
276 – Image Control Word Four
274 – Status
330 – Vision 1 Pitch Angle
331 – Vision 1 Roll Angle
332 – Vision 1 True Heading
TAWS or other external video
074 – Data Record Header
075 – Active Waypoint Data (From/To Data)
100 – Selected Course
113 – Message Checksum
114 – True Desired Track
115 – True Waypoint Bearing
116 – Cross Track Distance
117 – Vertical Deviation
121 – Horizontal Command to Autopilot
125 – Greenwich Mean Time (GMT)
147 – Magnetic Variation
251 – Distance to Waypoint
252 – Time to Go
261 – GPS Discrete Word 1
275 – LRN Status Word
300 – Station Declination, Type and Class
303 – Message Length/Type/Number
304 - Message Characters 1-3
305 – Message Characters 4-6
306 – Nav/WPT/AP Latitude
307 – Nev/WPT/AP Latitude
310 – Present Position Latitude
311 – Present Position Longitude
312 – Groundspeed
313 – True Track Angle
315 – Wind Speed
316 – Wind Direction
326 – Lateral Deviation Scale Factor
327 – Vertical Deviation Scale Factor
330 – Conic Arc Inbound Course
331 – Conic Arc Radius
332 – Conic Arc Course Change Angle
333 – Airport Runway Azimuth
334 – Airport Runway Length in Feet
335 – Left/Right Holding Pattern Azimuth
340 – Left/Right Procedure Turn Azimuth
351 – Distance to Destination (via Flight Plan)
352 – Estimated Time to Destination (via
Flight Plan)
34-20-02
Page 220
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
GNS-XLS Flight
Management System
(Honeywell)
ARINC 429 HS
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
070 – GAMA VREF
071 – GAMA V2
072 – GAMA VR
073 – GAMA V1
074 - Data Record Header
075 - Active Waypoint Data
077 – GAMA VTGT
101 – Selected HDG
105 – Approach Final Course
113 - Message Checksum
114 - True Desired Track
115 – True Waypoint Bearing
116 – Cross Track Distance
117 – Vertical Deviation
121 – Horizontal Command to Autopilot
122 – Vertical Command to Autopilot
147 - Magnetic Variation
150 – GMT
173 – Pseudo Loc Deviation
174 – Pseudo Glideslope Deviation
251 - Distance to Waypoint
252 - Time to Waypoint
261 – GPS Discrete Word 1
270 - GNS Status Word
275 - GNS Status Word 2
300 thru 307 – Map Waypoint Data
310 - Latitude
311 - Longitude
312 - Groundspeed
314 - True Heading
315 - Wind Speed
316 - Wind Angle
326 – Lateral Deviation Scale Factor
327 – Vertical Deviation Scale Factor
34-20-02
Page 221
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
Litton LTN92 INS
(Note: This data format
is not true ARINC 429,
rather it is ARINC 575
which is read as low
speed ARINC 429.)
ARINC 575
(ARINC 429
LS)
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
001 – Distance to GO
002 – Time to Go
004 – Desired Track
010 – Mixed Updated Latitude
011 – Mixed Updated Longitude
012 – Groundspeed
013 – Track Angle
014 – True Heading
015 – Windspeed
016 – Wind Angle
031 – Magnetic Variance
036 – Waypoint 0 Latitude
037 – Waypoint 0 Longitude
040 – Waypoint 1 Latitude
041 – Waypoint 1 Longitude
042 – Waypoint 2 Latitude
043 – Waypoint 2 Longitude
044 – Waypoint 3 Latitude
045 – Waypoint 3 Longitude
044 – Waypoint 3 Latitude
045 – Waypoint 3 Longitude
046 – Waypoint 4 Latitude
047 – Waypoint 4 Longitude
050 – Waypoint 5 Latitude
051 – Waypoint 5 Longitude
052 – Waypoint 6 Latitude
053 – Waypoint 6 Longitude
054 – Waypoint 7 Latitude
055 – Waypoint 7 Longitude
056 – Waypoint 8 Latitude
057 – Waypoint 8 Longitude
060 – Waypoint 9 Latitude
061 – Waypoint 9 Longitude
075 – From/To Waypoint
076 – From Latitude
077 – From Longitude
110 – Status Word
115 – Waypoint Bearing
155 – Display Deviation
160 – Waypoint ID 1
161 – Waypoint ID 2
34-20-02
Page 222
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
Smiths 702 FMC Direct
ARINC 702 HS
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
000 – Fill-in Words
004 – Symbols – Altitude Profile Point +
Identifier
014 – Discrete Word – Range
020 – Vector – Capture/Offset Path
030 – Symbols – Tuned VOR + Identifier
034 – Rotated Symbols – Holding Pattern – L
040 – Vector – Inactive Flight Plan
054 – Rotated Symbols – Runway + Identifier
070 – Symbols – Active Standard Waypoint +
Identifier
100 – Vector – Active Flight Plan
104 – Symbols – Conditional Waypoint +
Identifier
110 – Minimum Sector Altitude
124 – Text – Type 2 Maintenance Test
130 – Symbols – Tuned DME/TACAN +
Identifier
134 – Rotated Symbols – Procedure Turn – R
140 – Vector – Radial
150 – Symbols – Tuned VORTAC + Identifier
154 – Rotated Symbols – Marker Beacon
160 – Vector Identifiers
164 – Map Reference Group – Longitude
170 – Symbols – Origin/Destination Airfield +
Identifier
204 – Symbols – Selected Reference Point
210 – Minimum Off Route Altitude
224 – Test – Type 1 Nav Advisory
230 – Symbols – DME/TACAN + Identifier
234 – Rotated Symbols – Procedure Turn – L
244 – Symbols – Selected Reference Point
Distance
250 – Symbols – VORTAC + Identifier
254 – Rotated Symbols – Airport + Identifier
264 – Map Reference Group – Latitude
270 – Symbols – Airfield + Identifier
300 – Vector – Active Flight Plan Change
301 – Start of Transmission (SOT)
302 – End of Transmission (EOT)
303 – Start of Dynamic Data
304 – Symbols – Active Conditional Waypoint
330 – Symbols – Standard Waypoint +
Identifier
340 – Vector – Runway Center Line
350 – Symbols – VOR + Identifier
354 – Rotated Symbols – Holding Pattern – R
364 – Discrete Word - Map Mode
370 – Symbols – Waypoint + Identifier
34-20-02
Page 223
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
Honeywell 702 FMC
Direct
ARINC 702 HS
BF Goodrich
Stormscope WXE
1000E
ARINC 429 HS
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
000 – Filler/Control Word
001 – Distance To Go To Waypoint
012 – Ground Speed
014 – Map Range Discrete Word
020 – Offset Path
034 – Holding Pattern L
054 – Runway Identifier
056 – ETA to Waypoint
070 – Active Waypoint Identifier
100 – Active Flight Plan
114 – Desired Track (Mag)
116 – Cross Track Distance
117 – Vertical Deviation
120 – Range to Altitude
126 – Vertical Deviation – Wide
142 – Speed Error
160 – Offset Path Identifier
170 – Origin/Destination Airfield Identifier
210 – True/Airspeed
230 – DME/TACAN Identifier
250 – VORTAC Identifier
254 – Airport/Runway Identifier
270 – Airfield Identifier
275 – FMS-to-EFIS Discrete
300 – Active Flight Plan Changes
301 – Start of Transmission (SOT)
302 – End of Transmission (EOT)
303 – Start of Dynamic Data
310 – Latitude
311 – Longitude
312 – Groundspeed
313 – True Track Angle
314 – True Heading
315 – Wind Speed
316 – Wind Direction
317 – Track Angle (Magnetic)
321 – Drift Angle
322 – Flight Path Angle
330 – Waypoint Identifier
350 – VOR Identifier
354 – Holding Pattern – R
364 – Map Mode Discrete Word
370 – Waypoint Identifier (Pushbutton)
001 – Preamble Label
100 – 176 – Cell Data
300 – Termination Label
34-20-02
Page 224
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
BF Goodrich
Stormscope WXE1000E (Operating in
Honeywell LSZ-850
compliant Mode)
ARINC 429 HS
001 – Preamble Label
100 – 176 – Cell Data
300 – Termination Label
Honeywell LSZ-850
Lightning Detection
System
ARINC 429 HS
Honeywell NZ-2000 FMS
ARINC 429 HS
001 – Preamble Label
100 – 102 – Lightning Flashes
103 – 176 – Cell Data
300 – Termination Label
074 – Data Recorder Header
075 – Active WPT Data
113 – Message Checksum
114 – True Desired Track
115 – True WPT Bearing
147 – Magnetic Variation
251 – Distance to Waypoint
252 – Time to Waypoint
270 – Status 1
275 – Status 2
300 through 307 – Map Waypoint Data
310 – Latitude
311 – Longitude
312 – Groundspeed
313 – True Track Angle
314 – True Heading
315 – Wind Speed
316 – Wind Angle
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 225
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
D.
Discrete Inputs (Ground / Open)
Signal Name
EXTERNAL NAV
SOURCE:
FMS 1, FMS 2
INS 1, INS 2
Logic for Active State
Indicates externally selected navigation source (i.e., data
externally switched using relays). When discrete is active, first
check to see if ARINC 429, 561 or CSDB digital input bus is
configured for that navigation source. If so, get all display data
from that source. If digital source is not configured, then get all
data from analog inputs of deviations, flags, to/from, 561/568 6wire distance, etc.
In the absence of any external selections, assume that default
NAV source is FMS 1
E.
Digital Outputs
Destination
Honeywell KCPB
Terrain Control Bus
Signal Type
ARINC 429 LS
011 – Block transfer of data on ARINC 453
label 037 to EGPWS
271 – Range
TAWS
ARINC 429 HS
276 – Image Control Word four
Smiths 702 FMC
ARINC 429 HS
Honeywell 702 FMC
ARINC 429 HS
RP1008 Radar Control
Panel
ARINC 429 HS
272 – EFIS Discrete Word 1
273 – EFIS Discrete Word 2
272 – Map Mode Discrete Word
273 – Map Range Discrete Word
270 – Control Information
271 - Range
Primus 880/660/440
Weather Radar
ARINC 429 HS
271 – Range
RDR-4A Weather Radar
ARINC 429 HS
271 – Range
Collins 300/350 Weather
Radar
ARINC 429 HS
271 – Range
UASC Vision 1
ARINC 429 HS
MFD Consolidated
Output Bus
ARINC 429 HS
054 – NAV Source
277 – Display Mode
051 – TAWS Display Control
054 – NAV Source
270 – Control Information
271 – Range
274 – TAWS / EFIS Word
276 – Image Control Word 4
277 – Display Mode
320 – Magnetic Heading
(Previously ASPB)
F.
Description
Discrete Outputs (Ground / Open)
Signal Name
VOR / DME 2 Select
Logic for Active State
Ground when VOR#2 selected for display
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 226
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
Installation and Wiring
1.
General
This section contains considerations and recommendations for installation of the MFD.
Interconnect harness wiring and physical mounting must be considered as required to satisfy
all applicable regulations. The conditions and tests required for TSO approval of this article
are minimum performance standards. It is the responsibility of those desiring to install this
article either on or within a specific type or class of aircraft to determine that the aircraft
installation conditions are within TSO standards. If not within TSO standards, the article
may be installed only if the applicant documents further evaluation for an acceptable
installation and it is approved by the Administrator of the Federal Aviation Administration or
other certifying agency.
To ensure optimal performance from the MFD, strict adherence to the Installation
Considerations found in this manual must be maintained.
The information, drawings and wiring diagrams contained in this manual are intended as a
reference for engineering planning only. The drawings and wiring diagrams contained herein
do not represent any specific STC or Form 337 aircraft installation. It is the installer’s
responsibility to compose instillation drawings specific to the aircraft. This manual and the
drawings and wiring diagrams contained herein may not be used as a substitute for an STC
or Form 337 drawing package.
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 301
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
2.
Wiring Diagrams
A.
MFD Power and Configuration Module
MFD
(P/N 6402-1XXX1-0X)
P1
6
28 VDC IN
DC RETURN
5
22 AWG
6
22 AWG
2
22 AWG
3
22 AWG
1
22 AWG
4
22 AWG
7
22 AWG
20 AWG
28 VDC
AIRCRAFT POWER 8
5
6
20 AWG
7
20 AWG
7
20 AWG
7
20 AWG
7
6
CHASSIS GND
5
22 AWG
22 AWG
11
22 AWG
12
22 AWG
13
22 AWG
6
6
+5 VDC
41
24 AWG RED
DATA I/O
30
24 AWG BLUE
CLK
31
24 AWG YEL
GND
36
24 AWG BRN
GND/OPEN DISCRETE
48
5 V BEZEL LTG
33
28 V BEZEL LTG
54
BEZEL LTG RTN
20
DISCRETE #9 INPUT
(GND/OPEN)
90
5 V BEZEL LTG
14
28 V BEZEL LTG
55
2
3
9
10
CONFIGURATION
MODULE
P/N 50011
4
PANEL LIGHTING BUS
GND
WEIGHT-ON-WHEELS
SWITCH
AIR
9
EXTERNAL BACKLIGHTING BUS (OPTIONAL)
NOTES: 1.
ALL WIRING TO BE 22 AWG UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.
2
USE EITHER THE 5 V OR 28 V BEZEL LIGHTING, NOT BOTH.
3
CONFIGURABLE INPUT DISCRETE.
THE GROUND=GND.
4
MOUNT CONFIGURATION MODULE TO CONNECTOR P1 STRAIN RELIEF.
5
INSTALLED IN AIRCRAFT DISCRETE INPUT (GND = INSTALLED).
6
TO AVOID DIFFICULTY INSTALLING 20 AWG WIRE, SPLICE THE CONDUCTORS DOWN
TO 22 AWG 1-3 INCHES FROM THE PIN CRIMP AREA.
RECOMMEND SEPARATE GROUND STUDS USED TO ENHANCE EMI PERFORMANCE. AS A MINIMUM
RETURNS AND CHASSIS GROUNDS SHOULD BE ON SEPARATE GROUND STUDS.
7
WEIGHT-ON-WHEELS SWITCH WITH AIRCRAFT ON
8
TO MEET THE CATEGORY B REQUIREMENTS, THE MFD MUST BE CONNECTED TO A
POWER BUS WITH NO INTERRUPTS GREATER THAN 50 MILLISECONDS. IF POWER
INTERRUPTION GREATER THAN 50 MILLISECONDS IS EXPERIENCED THE MFD WILL
POWER DOWN AND REINITILIZE.
9
IF BACKLIGHTING IS TO BE CONTROLLED BY AN EXTERNAL SOURCE AND NOT
CONFIGURED AS INTERNAL, USE EITHER 5V OR 28V BACKLIGHTING, NOT BOTH.
CAUTION: IT IS THE INSTALLER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT
MANUFACTURED BY OTHER THAN UNIVERSAL AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION.
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 302
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
B
ARINC 429 Inputs and Outputs
MFD
P/N 6402-XXXXX-0X
P1
INPUT
PORT #1
A
118
B
125
126
INPUT
PORT #2
A
107
B
122
INPUT
PORT #3
A
123
B
124
INPUT
PORT #4
A
83
B
82
INPUT
PORT #5
A
86
94
97
ARINC 429
INPUTS
116
B
1
95
96
INPUT
PORT #6
A
60
B
59
61
ARINC 429
OUTPUTS
OUTPUT
PORT #1
A
105
B
115
OUTPUT
PORT #2
A
71
B
72
106
2
73
1
2
ARINC 429 INPUT PORTS ARE CONFIGURABLE AS EITHER LO-SPEED 429 OR
HI-SPEED 429 FORMAT. REFER TO THE CONFIGURATION SECTION OF THIS MANUAL.
ARINC 429 OUTPUT PORTS ARE CONFIGURABLE AS EITHER LO-SPEED 429 OR
HI-SPEED 429 FORMAT. REFER TO THE CONFIGURATION SECTION OF THIS MANUAL.
CAUTION: IT IS THE INSTALLER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY
PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED BY OTHER
THAN UNIVERSAL AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION.
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 303
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
C.
CSDB (RS-422) Inputs and Outputs
MFD
P/N 6402-XXXXX-0X
P1
CSDB RS422
INPUT PORT #1
H
58
L
57
66
CSDB RS422
INPUT PORT #2
H
35
L
34
1
38
CSDB RS422
OUTPUT PORT #1
H
47
L
46
45
CSDB RS422
OUTPUT PORT #2
H
17
L
18
2
19
1
CSDB INPUT PORTS CAN BE CONFIGURED FOR VOR, DME, AND UNILINK. IF UNILINK IS
CONFIGURED, ONLY VOR BEARING IS SUPPORTED THROUGH THE OTHER CSDB PORT. THE MFD
IS STILL CAPABLE OF SUPPORTING TWO VOR SYSTEMS CONNECTED UTILIZING THE RELAY
CONTROLLED DISCRETE OUTPUT GROUND.
2
CSDB OUTPUT PORTS ARE CONFIGURABLE. REFER TO THE CONFIGURATION SECTION OF THIS MANUAL.
CAUTION: IT IS THE INSTALLER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED
BY OTHER THAN UNIVERSAL AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION.
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 304
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
D.
28 VDC/OPEN Discrete Inputs
MFD
P/N 6402-XXXX1-0X
P1
1
1
DISCRETE 1 IN
43
DISCRETE 2 IN
21
DISCRETE 3 IN
24
DISCRETE 4 IN
32
DISCRETE INPUTS ARE CONFIGURABLE 28 VDC/OPEN TYPE SIGNALS.
CAUTION: IT IS THE INSTALLER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN NUMBERS
ON EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED BY OTHER THAN UNIVERSAL AVIONICS
SYSTEMS CORPORATION.
E.
GROUND/OPEN Discrete Inputs and Outputs
MFD
P/N 6402-XXXX1-0X
MFD
P/N 6402-XXXX1-0X
P1
P1
1
1
DISCRETE 1 IN
23
DISCRETE 2 IN
22
DISCRETE 3 IN
65
DISCRETE 4 IN
79
DISCRETE 5 IN
90
DISCRETE 6 IN
89
DISCRETE 7 IN
111
DISCRETE 8 IN
117
DISCRETE 4 OUT
108
DISCRETE 5 OUT
109
DISCRETE 6 OUT
100
DISCRETE 7 OUT
78
1
MAXIMUM LOAD 250mA
CAUTION: IT IS THE INSTALLER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT
MANUFACTURED BY OTHER THAN UNIVERSAL AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION.
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 305
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
F.
ARINC 708 Inputs and Connection Requirements
MFD
P/N 6402-XXXX1-0X
P1
1
1
A
70
B
COM
69
56
SHIELD
67
A
81
B
80
COM
68
SHIELD
67
ARINC 708
INPUT PORT #1
ARINC 708
INPUT PORT #2
Multiple MFD Installation
Single MFD Installation
ARINC 708
OUTPUT DEVICE
ARINC 708
OUTPUT DEVICE
2
2
3
ARINC 708 A
OUTPUT PORT B
ARINC 708 A
OUTPUT PORT B
MFD #1
P1
2
A
1
ARINC 708
INPUT PORT
B
5
COM
NC
MFD
P1
SHIELD
3
ARINC 708
INPUT PORT
NC
COM
4
SHIELD
5
MFD #2
2
A
P1
2
A
1
ARINC 708
INPUT PORT
B
NC
COM
SHIELD
MFD P/N 6402-33011-0X HAS CONFIGURATION OPTION FOR WXPD AS AN ARINC 708 INPUT OPTION.
NOTES:
1
ARINC 708 INPUT PORTS ARE CONFIGURABLE. REFER TO THE CONFIGURATION SECTION OF THIS MANUAL.
2
TWISTED SHIELDED PAIR PER ARINC 708A.
3
TYPICAL INSTALLATION FOR ARINC 708 DISPLAY OF RADAR, GPWS OR TAWS INFORMATION. REFER TO MANUFACTURER’S
INSTALLATION MANUAL FOR PIN INFORMATION.
4
WHEN A SINGLE MFD IS CONNECTED TO AN ARINC-708 OUTPUT DEVICE, THE HI AND COM ARINC-708 INPUTS ARE
CONNECTED TO THE OUTPUT DEVICE HI AND LOW. LOW ON THE MFD IS NOT CONNECTED. THIS IS IN ACCORDANCE
WITH ARINC CHARACTERISTIC 708A MANUAL.
5
WHEN MULTIPLE MFD’S OR OTHER DISPLAY DEVICES ARE CONNECTED TO AN ARINC-708 OUTPUT DEVICE, THE HI AND
LOW ARINC-708 INPUTS ARE USED ON EACH DISPLAY EXCEPT FOR THE LAST DISPLAY DEVICE IN LINE, WHICH MUST
BE CONNECTED USING THE HI AND COMMON INPUTS INTERNALLY TERMINATING THE MFD’S.
ECS P/N 312402, PIC WIRE CABLE P/N D5102QX OR EQUIVALENT.
CAUTION: IT IS THE INSTALLER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED BY OTHER
THAN UNIVERSAL AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION.
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 306
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
G.
Synchro Inputs (MFD P/N 6402-XXX11-0X)
MFD
P/N 6402-XXX11-0X
P2
26 VAC REF
INPUT SYNCHRO
#1, #2, AND #3
26 VAC REF
INPUT SYNCHRO
#4, #5, AND #6
SYNCHRO
INPUT #1
X
Y
Z
90
80
113
SYNCHRO
INPUT #2
X
Y
Z
SYNCHRO
INPUT #3
X
Y
Z
118
101
114
75
85
64
REFERENCE
REF RETURN
93
92
SYNCHRO
INPUT #4
X
Y
Z
91
111
110
SYNCHRO
INPUT #5
X
Y
Z
127
128
112
SYNCHRO
INPUT #6
X
Y
Z
124
86
105
REFERENCE
REF RETURN
107
106
CAUTION: IT IS THE INSTALLER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON
EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED BY OTHER THAN UNIVERSAL AVIONICS SYSTEMS
CORPORATION.
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 307
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
H.
VGA Inputs
MFD
(P/N 6402-11XX1-0X OR P/N 6402-X3011-0X)
P1
VGA INPUT 1
2
1
VGA INPUT 2
RED
121
RTN
112
GREEN
127
RTN
119
BLUE
128
RTN
120
HSYNC
53
VSYNC
42
RTN
102
RED
114
RTN
113
GREEN
93
RTN
92
BLUE
104
RTN
103
2
P2
HSYNC
28
VSYNC
108
1
VGA VIDEO FOR MFD P/N 6402-11XX1-0X AND SCN 1011.5.X AND LATER.
2
VGA VIDEO FOR MFD P/N 6402-X3011-0X (SCN 1011.5.X OR LATER).
CAUTION: IT IS THE INSTALLER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT
MANUFACTURED BY OTHER THAN UNIVERSAL AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION.
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 308
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
I.
CSDB (RS-422) Dual VOR and DME Connection
MFD
P/N 6402-1XXX1-0X
2
P1
CSDB RS422
INPUT PORT #1
H
58
L
57
VOR #1
66
VOR #2
1
CSDB RS422
INPUT PORT #2
H
35
L
34
DME #1
38
3
DISCRETE
OUTPUT GND
DME #2
4
+28V DC
1
CSDB INPUT PORTS CAN BE CONFIGURED FOR VOR, DME, AND UNILINK. IF UNILINK IS CONFIGURED,
ONLY VOR BEARING IS SUPPORTED THROUGH THE OTHER CSDB PORT. THE MFD CAN STILL HAVE TWO
VOR SYSTEMS CONNECTED UTILIZING THE RELAY CONTROLLED DISCRETE OUTPUT GROUND.
2
WHEN TWO VOR AND TWO DME SYSTEMS ARE INSTALLED, ONLY ONE VOR AND ONE DME CAN BE SELECTED
FOR DISPLAY AT A TIME.THE MFD NAV MENU IS USED TO SELECT #1 VOR/DME OR #2 VOR/DME SYSTEMS.
3
WHEN #2 VOR AND #2 DME SYSTEMS ARE SELECTED FOR DISPLAY IN A CSDB INSTALLATION, THE MFD
WILL PROVIDE A DISCRETE OUTPUT GROUND FOR CONTROLLING A RELAY TO SWITCH CSDB DATA INPUTS
TO #2 VOR AND #2 DME SYSTEMS.
4
CONFIGURABLE DISCRETE. REFER TO THE APPLICABLE PIN IDENTIFICATION CHART IN THIS SECTION.
NOTE:
WHEN EXTERNALLY SWITCHED DUAL VOR/DME IS INTERFACED TO THE MFD, SPECIAL CONFIGURATION
CONSIDERATION MUST BE OBSERVED. REFER TO CONFIGURATION WORKSHEETS FOR INSTRUCTION
ON CONFIGURING THE RS-422 OPTIONS AND DIRECTED FREQUENCIES MENU.
CAUTION: IT IS THE INSTALLER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED
BY OTHER THAN UNIVERSAL AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION.
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 309
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
J.
UASC TAWS Connection to MFD
UASC TAWS
UASC MFD
P1
BP
2
RED
3
GREEN
4
BLUE
53
5
HSYNC
VSYNC
42
8
VSYNC
GND
102
RED
121
RTN
112
GREEN
127
RTN
119
BLUE
128
RTN
120
HSYNC
VGA INPUT
ARINC
429 TX
A
ARINC
429 RX
A
B
B
A
2
1
2
1
B
A
B
VGA OUTPUT
ARINC
429 RX
ARINC
429 TX
1
MULTIPLE CONFIGURABLE PORTS. REFER TO THE APPLICABLE INSTALLATION MANUAL FOR
PIN ASSIGNMENT INFORMATION.
2
MULTIPLE CONFIGURABLE PORTS. REFER TO THE PIN IDENTIFICATION CHART IN THIS
SECTION.
CAUTION: IT IS THE INSTALLER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT
MANUFACTURED BY OTHER THAN UNIVERSAL AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION.
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 310
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
K.
UASC Vision-1 Connection to MFD
UASC VISION 1
UASC MFD-640
1
P1
ARINC 429 IN
A
B
ARINC 429 OUT
TP
A
2
3
2
3
A
B
ARINC 429
OUTPUT PORT
B
A
B
ARINC 429
INPUT PORT
BP
VGA INPUT
RED
RTN
GRN
RTN
BLU
RTN
121
112
127
119
128
120
2
RED
3
GRN
4
BLU
H SYNC
53
5
H SYNC
42
8
V SYNC
V SYNC
GND
NOTES:
VGA OUTPUT
102
1
SOFTWARE USED IN THE MFD MUST BE SCN VERSION 1011.4.1 OR LATER.
2
MULTIPLE CONFIGURABLE PORTS. REFER TO THE PIN IDENTIFICATION CHARTS IN
THIS SECTION.
2
MULTIPLE CONFIGURABLE PORTS. REFER TO THE APPLICABLE INSTALLATION FOR
PIN ASSIGNMENT INFORMATION.
CAUTION: IT IS THE INSTALLER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT
MANUFACTURED BY OTHER THAN UNIVERSAL AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION.
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 311
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
L.
UASC UniLink Connection to MFD
UASC MFD
P1
CSDB
RS-422 RX
UASC UNILINK
TP
H
H
2
L
L
RS-422 TX
DISPLAY DATA
1
CSDB
RS-422 TX
H
H
L
2
L
RS-422 RX
DISPLAY DATA
UASC FPCDU #1
P3
H
L
RS-422 RX
DISPLAY DATA
1
H
L
RS-422 TX
DISPLAY DATA
UASC FPCDU #2
P3
H
L
RS-422 RX
DISPLAY DATA
1
H
RS-422 TX
DISPLAY DATA
1
MULTIPLE CONFIGURABLE PORTS. REFER TO THE APPLICABLE INSTALLATION MANUAL
FOR PIN ASSIGNMENT INFORMATION.
2
MULTIPLE CONFIGURABLE PORTS. REFER TO THE PIN IDENTIFICATION CHART IN THIS
SECTION.
CAUTION: IT IS THE INSTALLER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT
MANUFACTURED BY OTHER THAN UNIVERSAL AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION.
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 312
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
M.
UASC FMS Connection to MFD
UNIVERSAL
FMS #1
UASC MFD
P1
A
1
ARINC
429RX
A
ARINC
429RX
A
B
B
ARINC
429TX
A
2
B
ARINC
429RX
1
A
2
B
B
ARINC
429RX
UNIVERSAL
FMS #2
A
1
B
ARINC
429TX
1
MULTIPLE CONFIGURABLE PORTS. REFER TO THE APPLICABLE INSTALLATION MANUAL
FOR PIN ASSIGNMENT INFORMATION.
2
MULTIPLE CONFIGURABLE PORTS. REFER TO THE PIN IDENTIFICATION CHART IN THIS
SECTION.
CAUTION: IT IS THE INSTALLER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT
MANUFACTURED BY OTHER THAN UNIVERSAL AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION.
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 313
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
N.
GPWS (MK VII) Connection to Single MFD
GPWS/WINDSHEAR
MK VII
UASC MFD
P2
P1
A
ARINC
429 TX
A
2
B
B
A
B
A
ARINC
429 RX
A
2
B
B
DISPLAY CONTROL
BUS #2 LS 429
DISPLAY CONTROL
BUS #1 LS 429
DISPLAY CONTROL
TRANSMITTER
P1
A
3
ARINC
708 RX
H
B
3
2
COM
TERR DISPLAY OUT
L
1
SHIELD
1
TWISTED SHIELDED PAIR PER ARINC 708A.
P/N D5102QX OR EQUIVALENT.
2
ARINC 708 ports are configurable. REFER TO THE PIN IDENTIFICATION CHART IN THIS SECTION.
3
WHEN A SINGLE MFD IS CONNECTED TO AN ARINC-708 OUTPUT DEVICE, THE HI AND COM
ARINC-708 INPUTS SHOULD BE CONNECTED TO THE OUTPUT DEVICE HI AND LOW. LOW ON THE MFD
IS NOT CONNECTED. THIS IS IN ACCORDANCE WITH ARINC CHARACTERISTIC 708A MANUAL.
4
ARINC 708 INPUT PORTS ARE CONFIGURABLE. REFER TO THE CONFIGURATION SECTION OF THIS MANUAL.
CAUTION:
ECS P/N 31214020, PIC WIRE CABLE
IT IS THE INSTALLER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT
MANUFACTURED BY OTHER THAN UNIVERSAL AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION.
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 314
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
O.
PRIMUS 300SL Radar System
RP-1008 RADAR CONTROL
PANEL (P/N 1008-03-X)
MFD-640
P2
2
P1
A
B
COM
M
P
N
NC
ARINC
429 RX
A
B
G
H
1
ARINC
429 TX
A
B
J
K
ARINC
708 TX
3
28 VDC AIRCRAFT POWER
AIRCRAFT POWER RTN
AIRCRAFT POWER RTN
A
D
F
AZ DRIVE A
RESERVED
RESERVED
PITCH GAIN
ROLL GAIN
RESERVED
SHLD
RESERVED
RESERVED
AZ DRIVE B
RESERVED
GAIN RETURN
TILT CONTROL
RESERVED
SHLD
A
B
C
D
E
m
F
k
G
H
J
h
N
L
K
A
B
C
D
E
m
F
k
G
H
J
r
p
q
h
j
n
0
1
2
HI
TILT POT
LO
INDICATOR GND
P
VIDEO 0
N
P
VIDEO 1
N
MANUAL GAIN
SHLD
TEST
P
S
V
R
T
U
f
X
p
W
Y
Z
a
b
c
d
e
g
i
j
q
p
s
v
r
t
u
J
x
m
w
y
20
20
20
1
A
ARINC
B
COM 708 RX
SHIELD
ARINC
A
429 TX
B
SHIELD
A
ARINC
429 RX
B
SHIELD
4
3
3
P1
RANGE
SHLD
TRIG
SHLD
28 VDC R/T ON/OFF
115 VDC
STABILIZATION OFF
STC OFF
28 VDC PANEL LAMP
RADAR ANTENNA
RADAR R/T
AA
BB
CC
DD
EE
g
j
k
n
M
n
20
5VAC/DC PANEL LAMP
PANEL LAMP RTN
r
20
PANEL LIGHTING BUS
20
1
MULTIPLE CONFIGURABLE PORTS. REFER TO THE APPLICABLE PIN IDENTIFICATION CHART.
2
TWISTED SHIELDED PAIR PER ARINC 708A. ECS P/N 312402, PIC WIRE CABLE P/N D5102QX OR EQUIVALENT.
3
ARINC 429 PORTS SHOULD BE CONFIGURED AS HIGH SPEED.
4
FOR A MULTIPLE MFD INSTALLATION, REFER TO THE ARINC 708 CONNECTION DRAWING IN THIS SECTION.
CAUTION: IT IS THE INSTALLER’S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED BY OTHER
THAN UNIVERSAL AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION.
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 315
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
P.
PRIMUS 400 Radar System
RP-1008 RADAR CONTROL
PANEL (P/N 1008-01-X)
MFD-640
P2
2
P1
A
ARINC
B
708 TX COM
M
P
N
NC
ARINC A
429 RX B
BACKSHELL
ARINC A
429 TX B
BACKSHELL
G
H
1
28VDC AIRCRAFT POWER
AIRCRAFT POWER RTN
AIRCRAFT POWER RTN
A
D
F
AZ DRIVE A
STATOR OUT RETURN
STATOR OUT X
RESOLVER IN R1
RESOLVER IN R2
SHLD
RESERVED
AZ DRIVE B
AZ DRIVE B RETURN
SHLD
TILT POT LO
TILT POT ARM
TILT POT HI
RESERVED
RESERVED
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
K
h
N
L
m
k
3
J
K
20
20
20
A
ARINC
B
4
COM 708 RX
SHIELD
A
ARINC
B 429 TX
SHIELD
3
A
ARINC
429 RX
B
SHIELD
1
P301
P1
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
h
r
p
q
m
k
RADAR ANTENNA
P101
j
n
P201
+23 VDC REFERENCE
RESERVED
RESERVED
STC ON/OFF
TEST
RESERVED
INDICATOR GROUND
28 VDC ON/OFF
28 VDC FILTERED
SPARE
MANUAL GAIN
SHLD
PULSE WIDTH CONTROL
RADAR VIDEO
SHLD
TRIG
SHLD
SPARE
GAIN CONTROL
STAB ON/OFF
115 VDC
28 VDC PANEL LAMP
5VAC/DC PANEL LAMP
PANEL LAMP RTN
r
t
m
w
p
s
u
v
n
g
y
z
AA
BB
CC
DD
EE
J
x
k
j
R
T
p
W
P
S
U
V
q
g
Y
Z
a
b
c
d
e
f
X
j
i
M
n
r
20
20
20
RADAR R/T
PANEL LIGHTING BUS
1
MULTIPLE CONFIGURABLE PORTS. REFER TO THE APPLICABLE PIN IDENTIFICATION CHART.
2
TWISTED SHIELDED PAIR PER ARINC 708A.ECS P/N 312402, PIC WIRE CABLE P/N D5102QX OR EQUIVALENT.
3
ARINC 429 PORTS SHOULD BE CONFIGURED AS HIGH SPEED.
4
FOR A MULTIPLE MFD INSTALLATION, REFER TO THE ARINC 708 CONNECTION DRAWING IN THIS SECTION.
CAUTION: IT IS THE INSTALLER’S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED BY
OTHER THAN UNIVERSAL AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION.
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 316
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
Q.
PRIMUS 90 Radar System
RP-1008 RADAR CONTROL
PANEL (P/N 1008-01-X)
MFD-640
P2
2
P1
A
B
COM
M
P
N
NC
ARINC A
429 RX B
BACKSHELL
ARINC A
429 TX B
BACKSHELL
G
H
1
28VDC AIRCRAFT POWER
AIRCRAFT POWER RTN
AIRCRAFT POWER RTN
A
D
F
AZ DRIVE A
STATOR OUT RETURN
STATOR OUT X
RESOLVER IN R1
RESOLVER IN R2
A
B
C
D
E
A
B
C
D
E
F
AZ DRIVE B
AZ DRIVE B RETURN
SHLD
TILT POT LO
TILT POT ARM
TILT POT HI
RESERVED
7
115 VDC
9
28 VDC ON/OFF
H
J
K
h
N
L
m
p
g
H
J
h
r
p
q
m
ARINC
708 TX
3
J
K
20
20
20
A
ARINC
B
4
COM 708 RX
SHIELD
A
ARINC
B 429 TX
SHIELD
3
A
ARINC
429 RX
B
SHIELD
1
P301
P1
RADAR ANTENNA
P101
j
n
P201
36
35
16
39
25
34
38
37
26
46
41
+23 VDC
RESERVED
R
T
STC ON/OFF
TEST
RESERVED
INDICATOR GROUND
8
28 VDC FILTERED
W
P
S
U
V
q
MANUAL GAIN
SHLD
PULSE WIDTH CONTROL
RADAR VIDEO
SHLD
TRIG
SHLD
Y
Z
a
b
c
d
e
51
42
49
44
43
SPARE
SPARE
GAIN CONTROL
STAB OFF
k
f
X
j
55
45
40
47
6
115 VDC
28 VDC PANEL LAMP
5VAC/DC PANEL LAMP
PANEL LAMP RTN
i
M
n
r
5
5
20
20
20
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
RADAR R/T
PANEL LIGHTING BUS
34-20-02
Page 317
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
NOTES: PLUG P1 FROM THE RADAR CONTROL PANEL IS THE EXISTING PLUG AND WIRING FROM THE RADAR R/T AND ANTENNA.
1
MULTIPLE CONFIGURABLE PORTS. REFER TO THE APPLICABLE PIN IDENTIFICATION CHART.
2
TWISTED SHIELDED PAIR PER ARINC 708A.ECS P/N 312402, PIC WIRE CABLE P/N D5102QX OR EQUIVALENT.
3
ARINC 429 PORTS SHOULD BE CONFIGURED AS HIGH SPEED.
4
FOR A MULTIPLE MFD INSTALLATION, REFER TO THE ARINC 708 CONNECTION DRAWING IN THIS SECTION.
5
CAUTION:
CAP & STOW, RETERMINATE WIRES IN EXISTING RADAR INDICATOR PLUG AS SHOWN.
6
REMOVE WIRE FROM PIN i AND CAP & STOW.
7
MOVE WIRE FROM PIN p AND MOVE TO PIN i.
8
REMOVE WIRE FROM PIN V AND CAP & STOW.
9
MOVE WIRE FROM q AND MOVE TO PIN V.
IT IS THE INSTALLER’S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED BY
OTHER THAN UNIVERSAL AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION.
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 318
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
R.
Collins WXR-250/270/300 Radar System
RP-1008 RADAR CONTROL
PANEL (P/N 1008-02-X)
MFD-640
P2
P1
2
A 15
B 8
COM 7
NC
A
ARINC
429 RX B
BACKSHELL
ARINC A
429 TX B
BACKSHELL
12
13
1
28VDC AIRCRAFT POWER
AIRCRAFT POWER RTN
1
9
ARINC
708 TX
3
4
5
20
20
A
ARINC
B
708 RX
COM
SHIELD
A
ARINC
B 429 TX
SHIELD
A
ARINC
429 RX
B
SHIELD
4
3
1
P1
P1
OA 60HZ SQUARE WAVE 45
OA SHIELD 28
OB 30HZ SQUARE WAVE 48
OB SHIELD 30
STAB DISABLE 40
TILT HI 42
TILT LO 44
TILT CONTROL 47
9
COLLINS WXR-270/300
RADAR ANTENNA
1
6
11
4
12
5
P2
-6 DB GAIN
-12 DB GAIN
-18 DB GAIN
-24 DB GAIN
R/T FAULT
VIDEO 2
VIDEO 3
PRF CLOCK
PRF CLOCK SHIELD
VIDEO 1
STC ENABLE
TEST
PAC ALERT
MOD TIMING
MOD TIMING SHIELD
CONTROL COMMON
VIDEO 4
INDICATOR RP COMMON
INDICATOR RP COMMON
5V-28V LTG CONVERTER OUT
RT ON
RT STANDBY
L/S (PW CONTROL)
28 VDC PANEL LAMP
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
10
27
11
13
14
15
17
32
Y
Z
a
b
d
C
E
J
COLLINS WXR-270/300
RADAR R/T
A
X
c
N
G
18
H
22
24
31
34
38
K
r
39
46
36
35
PANEL LAMP RTN 37
g
t
q
R
20
20
20
PANEL LIGHTING BUS
1
MULTIPLE CONFIGURABLE PORTS. REFER TO THE APPLICABLE PIN IDENTIFICATION CHART.
2
TWISTED SHIELDED PAIR PER ARINC 708A. ECS P/N 312402, PIC WIRE CABLE P/N D5102QX OR EQUIVALENT.
3
ARINC 429 PORTS SHOULD BE CONFIGURED AS HIGH SPEED.
4
FOR A MULTIPLE MFD INSTALLATION, REFER TO THE ARINC 708 CONNECTION DRAWING IN THIS SECTION.
CAUTION: IT IS THE INSTALLER’S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED BY OTHER THAN
UNIVERSAL AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION.
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 319
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
S.
Bendix RDR-1E Radar System
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 320
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
T.
Bendix RDR-1F Radar System
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 321
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
U.
Bendix RDR-4A/4B, Primus 440/660/880 and WXR-700 Radar Systems
MFD
(P/N 6402-12011-0X)
RADAR SYSTEM
P1
2
A
ARINC
708 RX
NC
B
COM
SHIELD
3
1
A
ARINC
429 TX
B
NOTES:
RDR-4B WINDSHEAR FUNCTION IS NOT SUPPORTED.
1
MULTIPLE CONFIGURABLE PORTS. REFER TO THE APPLICABLE PIN IDENTIFICATION CHART.
2
TWISTED SHIELDED PAIR PER ARINC 708A. ECS P/N 312402, PIC WIRE CABLE P/N D5102QX
OR EQUIVALENT.
3
REFER TO MANUFACTURER’S INSTALLATION MANUAL FOR CONNECTION INFORMATION.
CAUTION: IT IS THE INSTALLER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT
MANUFACTURED BY OTHER THAN UNIVERSAL AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION.
V.
Collins WXR-840/850 Radar System
WXP-850
RTA-852
P1
A
A
453 TX
B
3
3
COM
453 RX
B
MFD
(P/N 6402-12011-0X)
2
A
ARINC
708 RX
1
NC
COM
SHIELD
1
MULTIPLE CONFIGURABLE PORTS. REFER TO THE APPLICABLE PIN IDENTIFICATION CHART.
2
TWISTED SHIELDED PAIR PER ARINC 708A. ECS P/N 312402, PIC WIRE CABLE P/N D5102QX
OR EQUIVALENT.
3
REFER TO MANUFACTURER’S INSTALLATION MANUAL FOR CONNECTION INFORMATION.
CAUTION: IT IS THE INSTALLER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT
MANUFACTURED BY OTHER THAN UNIVERSAL AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION.
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 322
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
W.
Honeywell WXPD/SCI Radar System with Honeywell WC-XXX Control
MFD P/N 6402-33011-0X
RADAR RTA
P1
2
P
81
P
N
80
N
TERMINATION
68
SHIELD
67
WXPD IN
4
SCI IN
(CSDB RX Port)
P
N
1
WXPD OUT
3
P
EFIS SCI OUT
N
WC-XXX CONTROL
CONTROL SCI I/O
P
P
N
N
CONTROL SCI I/O
NOTES:
1
MULTIPLE CONFIGURABLE PORTS. REFER TO THE APPLICABLE PIN ASSIGNMENT CHART.
2
TWISTED SHIELDED PAIR PER ARINC 708A ECS P/N 312402. PIC WIRE CABLE P/N D5102QX OR EQUIVALENT.
3
REFER TO MANUFACTURER’S INSTALLATION MANUAL FOR CONNECTION INFORMATION.
4
WHEN MFD IS THE ONLY DISPLAY, OR IS THE LAST DISPLAY ON THE BUS, CONNECT MFD TERMINATION
PIN 68 TO MFD PIN 80.
CAUTION:
IT IS THE INSTALLER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED BY OTHER THAN
UNIVERSAL AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION.
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 323
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
X.
RDR-2000 Interface
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 324
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
Y.
Single MFD-640 to RDR-1600
TELEPHONICS RT - 1601
P/N 379-2011-001
UASC MFD-640
P/N 6402-43011-0X
P1
ARINC
708 RX
A
B
COM
SHIELD
ARINC
429 TX
W
NC
W
B
4
10
A
11
B
WX DATA
A453 TX 1
B
4
A
B
P3
5
3
W
W
30
A
B
B
31
B
6
A429 RADAR
RANGE 1 IN
SHIELD
NOTES:
1.
REQUIRES MFD-640 WITH SCN 1011.5.2 OR HIGHER.
2.
WIRE SIZE 22 AWG UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
3
TELEPHONICS CP-113K CONTROLLER REQUIRED.
4
MULTIPLE CONFIGURABLE PORTS. REFER TO THE APPLICABLE PIN IDENTIFICATION CHART.
5
ARINC 708 BUS IS 78 OHMS QUADRAX CABLE.
OR EQUIVALENT.
6
REFER TO TELEPNONICS RDR-1600 INSTALLATION MANUAL FOR FURTHER INFORMATION.
CAUTION:
BENDIX P/N 44152-0002 (KPN 024-00064-0000)
IT IS THE INSTALLER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT
MANUFACTURED BY OTHER THAN UNIVERSAL AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION.
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 325
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
Z.
Dual MFD-640 to RDR-1600
TELEPHONICS RT - 1601
P/N 379-2011-001
UASC MFD-640
P/N 6402-43011-0X
MFD-640
#1
P1
A
ARINC
708 RX
W
10
A
B
B
11
B
A
W
W
30
A
B
B
B
31
B
B
COM
SHIELD
ARINC
429 TX
P3
5
W
NC
WX DATA
A453 TX 1
4
4
A429 RADAR
RANGE 1 IN
SHIELD
3
6
UASC MFD-640
P/N 6402-43011-0X
MFD-640
#2
P1
ARINC
708 RX
A
B
COM
SHIELD
ARINC
429 TX
NC
27
A
B
B
28
B
W
W
42
A
B
B
43 B
WX DATA
A453 TX 2
4
A
B
5
W
W
4
A429 RADAR
RANGE 2 IN
SHIELD
NOTES:
1.
REQUIRES MFD-640 WITH SCN 1011.5.2 OR HIGHER.
2.
WIRE SIZE 22 AWG UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
3
TELEPHONICS CP-113K CONTROLLER REQUIRED.
4
MULTIPLE CONFIGURABLE PORTS. REFER TO THE APPLICABLE PIN IDENTIFICATION CHART.
5
ARINC 708 BUS IS 78 OHMS QUADRAX CABLE.
OR EQUIVALENT.
6
REFER TO TELEPNONICS RDR-1600 INSTALLATION MANUAL FOR FURTHER INFORMATION.
CAUTION:
BENDIX P/N 44152-0002 (KPN 024-00064-0000)
IT IS THE INSTALLER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT
MANUFACTURED BY OTHER THAN UNIVERSAL AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION.
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 326
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
AB.
Lightning Detection System
MFD
(P/N 6402-1XXX1-0X)
ARINC
429 RX
LIGHTNING DETECTION SYSTEM
P1
A
B
A
1
2
B
ARINC 429 TX
(STRIKE DATA)
1
MULTIPLE CONFIGURABLE PORTS. REFER TO THE APPLICABLE PIN IDENTIFICATION CHART.
2
REFER TO MANUFACTURER’S INSTALLATION MANUAL FOR CONNECTION INFORMATION.
NOTE:
WX-1000E (BFGOODRICH) STORMSCOPE HAS TO BE STRAPPED TO EMULATE THE LSZ850 (HONEYWELL) LIGHTNING DETECTION SYSTEM.
CAUTION: IT IS THE INSTALLER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT
MANUFACTURED BY OTHER THAN UNIVERSAL AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION.
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 327
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
AC.
MFD to VIU with TAWS and Vision 1
TAWS
P/N 3010-0X-00
VIU
P/N 30111-000
2
BP
VGA
OUTPUT
J4
J1
RED
2
1
RED IN
1
GREEN
3
2
GREEN IN
2
BLUE
4
3
BLUE IN
HSYNC
5
4
HSYNC IN
4
VSYNC
8
5
VSYNC IN
5
VISION-1
P/N 3010-00-00
5
2
RED
BP
2
3
5
J2
1
J5
RED OUT
RED IN
3
UASC MFD
4
1
2
P1
121
RED
112
GREEN
3
2
GREEN IN
GREEN OUT
2
127
GREEN
119
VGA
OUTPUT
BLUE
4
3
BLUE IN
BLUE OUT
3
128
BLUE
VGA
INPUT
120
HSYNC
5
4
HSYNC IN
HSYNC OUT
4
VSYNC
8
5
VSYNC IN
VSYNC OUT
5
53
HSYNC
42
VSYNC
102
1
J3
VIDEO SELECT
3
+28V DC
1
28V DC RETURN
2
CHASSIS GROUND
5
NOTES:
1
USE A CONFIGURABLE GROUND OUTPUT DISCRETE TO CONTROL SWITCHING DISPLAY INPUT BETWEEN J1 AND J2.
2
REFGER TO OTHER SCHEMATIC DRAWINGS IN INSTALLATION MANUALS REFERENCING TAWS (REPORT NUMBER 34-40-01),
VISION-1 (REPORT NUMBER 34-40-03) AND THE MFD (REPORT NUMBER 34-20-02) FOR ALL CONNECTIONS REQUIRED
FOR PROPER OPRERATION.
3
OUTPUT J4 CAN ONLY ACCEPT INPUT FROM J1.
4
OUTPUT J5 CAN ACCEPT INPUT DIRECTLY FROM J2 OR FROM J1 IF SWITCHED USING A GROUND APLIED TO J3 PIN 3.
5
VIU INPUTS ADN OUTPUTS ARE ILLUSTRATED AS VGA TYPE VIDEO SIGNALS. REVIEW THE VIDEO INTERFACE UNIT PIN
ASSIGNMENT TABLE IN THIS SECTION FOR SIGNAL TYPES APPLICABLE TO OTEHR INSTALLATIONS.
CAUTION: IT IS THE INSTALLER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT
MANUFACTURED BY OTHER THAN UNIVERSAL AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION.
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 328
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
3.
Pin Assignment Charts
A.
MFD Part Number 6402-10001-0X
CAUTION: IT IS THE INSTALLERS RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN
NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED BY OTHER THAN
UNIVERSAL AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION.
(1)
Plug P1
MFD P/N 6402-10001-0X
Pin #
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
Characteristics
Chassis Ground
+28VDC Return
+28VDC Return
Chassis Ground
+28VDC Power
+28VDC Power
Chassis Ground
N/C
Chassis Ground
Chassis Ground
Chassis Ground
Chassis Ground
Chassis Ground
0-5 VAC LAMPS
ARINC-561-9 RX A
ARINC-561-9 RX B
RS-422 TX H #2
RS-422 TX L #2
Return/Shield
Bezel Return
28V/Open Discrete In #2
Ground/Open Discrete In #2
Ground/Open Discrete In #1
28V/Open Discrete In #3
N/C
ARINC-561-9 RX B
ARINC-561-9 RX A
ARINC-561-9 RX B
ARINC-561-9 RX A
Configuration Module
Configuration Module
28V/Open Discrete In #4
With Ref. To
J1-2, 3
J1-2, 3
J1-44
J1-26
J1-27
J1-18
J1-17
J1-17, 18
J1-33, 54
J1-63
J1-74
J1-74
J1-62
J1-15
J1-16
J1-29
J1-28
J1-36
J1-36
J1-50
33
0-5VAC/VDC Bezel
J1-20
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
RS-422 RX L #2
RS-422 RX H #2
Configuration Module
N/C
Return/Shield
Return
Ground/Open Discrete In
Configuration Module
J1-35
J1-34
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
J1-34, 35
J2-1
J1-36
J1-36
Notes
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Non-Configurable
Not Used for this Configuration
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
RS-422 TX #2 Shield
Non-Configurable
Not Used for this Configuration
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Data and address
Clock Signal
This Input can be either VAC or VDC and has
Overvoltage Protection.
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Digital Ground
Not Used for this Configuration
RS-422 RX #2 Shield
Internally Tied to A_Gnd
Reserved for Configuration and Installation
Vcc +5VDC Power
34-20-02
Page 329
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
Plug P1 (Cont.)
MFD P/N 6402-10001-0X
Pin #
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
Characteristics
N/C
28V/Open Discrete In #1
Lamps Return
Return/Shield
RS-422 TX L #1
RS-422 TX H #1
Ground/Open Discrete In
N/C
Return
Return
Return
N/C
0-28V Remote Bezel Lamp Pwr
0-28V Remote Lamp Pwr
ARINC-708A-2 RX C #1
RS-422 RX L #1
RS-422 RX H #1
ARINC-429 RX B #6
ARINC-429 RX A #6
Return/Shield
Return
Return
Return
Ground/Open Discrete In #3
Return/Shield
67
Return/Shield
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
ARINC-708A-2 RX C #2
ARINC-708A-2 RX B #1
ARINC-708A-2 RX A #1
ARINC-429 TX A #2
ARINC-429 TX B #2
Return/Shield
Analog Ground
Analog Ground
Ground/Open Discrete In
Return
Ground/Open Discrete Out #7
Ground/Open Discrete In #4
ARINC-708A-2 RX B #2
ARINC-708A-2 RX A #2
ARINC-429 RX B #4
ARINC-429 RX A #4
Ground/Open Discrete In
Ground/Open Discrete In
Return/Shield
Return
Return
Ground/Open Discrete In #6
With Ref. To
J1-52
J1-14, 55
J1-47, 46
J1-47
J1-46
J1-36
J1-32
J2-13
J1-43
J1-20
J1-44
J1-69, 70
J1-58
J1-57
J1-60
J1-59
J1-24
J1-21
J2-44
J1-74
J1-57, 58
J1-56, 68, 69, 70,
80, 81
J1-80, 81
J1-70
J1-69
J1-72
J1-71
J1-71,72
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
J1-36
J2-39
J1-74
J1-74
J1-81
J1-80
J1-83
J1-82
J1-36
J1-36
J2-16
J2-17
J1-74
Notes
Not Used for this Configuration
Non-Configurable
RS-422 TX #1 Shield
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Reserved for Configuration and Installation
Not Used for this Configuration
Internally Tied to A_GND
Internally Tied to A_GND
Internally Tied to A_GND
Not used for this Configuration
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
ARINC-429 RX #6 Shield
Internally Tied to A_GND
Internally Tied to A_GND
Internally Tied to A_GND
RS-422 RX #1 Shield
ARINC-708A-2 RX Shield
See Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
ARINC-429 TX #2 Shield
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Reserved for Configuration and Installation
Internally Tied To A_GND
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Reserved for Configuration and Installation
Reserved for Configuration and Installation
ARINC-429 RX #4 Shield
Internally Tied to A_GND
Internally Tied to A_GND
34-20-02
Page 330
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
Plug P1 (Cont.)
MFD P/N 6402-10001-0X
Pin #
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
Characteristics
Ground/Open Discrete In #5
N/C
N/C
N/C
ARINC-429 RX A #5
ARINC-429 RX B #5
Return/Shield
Return/Shield
N/C
N/C
Ground/Open Discrete Out #6
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
ARINC-429 TX A #1
Return/Shield
ARINC-429 RX A #2
Ground/Open Discrete Out #4
Ground/Open Discrete Out #5
N/C
Ground/Open Discrete In #7
N/C
N/C
N/C
ARINC-429 TX B #1
Return/Shield
Ground/Open Discrete In #8
ARINC-429 RX A #1
N/C
N/C
N/C
ARINC-429 RX B #2
ARINC-429 RX A #3
ARINC-429 RX B #3
ARINC-429 RX B #1
Return/Shield
N/C
N/C
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
With Ref. To
J1-74
J1-95
J1-94
Notes
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
ARINC-429 RX #5 Shield
ARINC-429 RX #2 Shield
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
J1-74
J1-115
J1-105, 115
J1-122
J1-74
J1-74
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
ARINC-429 TX #1 Shield
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Not Used for this Configuration
J1-74
J1-105
J1-74
J1-125
J1-107
J1-124
J1-123
J1-118
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
ARINC-429 RX #3 Shield
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
ARINC-429 RX #1 Shield
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
34-20-02
Page 331
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
(2)
Plug P2
MFD P/N 6402-10001-0X
Pin #
Characteristics
1 Not Connected
With Ref. To
J2-12, 46
Firmware Ref. to
J2-100
Notes
Not Used for this Configuration
2
Synchro Input Z #8
3
4
5
6
N/C
N/C
Analog Resolver Input
Analog Resolver Return
7
Synchro Input Y #7
8
N/C
9
Synchro Input Y #7
J2-7, 10
Firmware Ref. to
J2-100`
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
10
Synchro Input Z #7
J2-7, 9
Firmware Ref. to
J2-100`
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
11
N/C
12
Synchro Input Y #8
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
Not Connected
Analog Resolver Output
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
Analog Resolver Output
N/C
26
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
Analog Resolver Output
Analog Resolver Output
Analog Resolver Input
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Resolver Throughput
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
J2-9, 10
Firmware Ref. to
J2-100`
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-2, 46
Firmware Ref. to
J2-100`
J2-31
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
Not Used for this Configuration
Resolver Throughput
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Resolver Throughput
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-31
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Resolver Throughput
Resolver Throughput
Resolver Throughput
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
34-20-02
Page 332
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
Plug P2 (Cont.)
MFD P/N 6402-10001-0X
Pin #
42
43
44
45
Characteristics
With Ref. To
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
46
Synchro Input Z #8
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
26 VRMS, 400 Hz Reference
N/C
64
Synchro Input Z #3
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
75
Synchro Input X #3
76
77
78
79
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
80
Synchro Input Y #1
81
82
83
84
N/C
N/C
N/C
Return
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
J2-2, 12
Firmware Ref. to
J2-100
J2-49
J2-75, 80
Firmware Ref. to
J2-93
Notes
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Not Used for this Configuration
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-64, 85
Firmware Ref. to
J2-93
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-90, 113
Firmware Ref. to
J2-93
J2-72
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
34-20-02
Page 333
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
Plug P2 (Cont.)
MFD P/N 6402-10001-0X
Pin #
Characteristics
85
Synchro Input Y #3
86
Synchro Input Y #6
87
88
89
N/C
N/C
N/C
90
Synchro Input X #1
91
Synchro Input X #4
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
N/C
26 VRMS, 400 Hz Reference
A_GND
A_GND
N/C
N/C
A_GND
N/C
26 VRMS, 400 Hz reference
101 Synchro Input Y #2
102 Return
103 N/C
104 N/C
105 Synchro Input Z #6
106
107
108
109
N/C
26 VRMS, 400 Hz Reference
N/C
N/C
110 Synchro Input Z #4
111 Synchro Input Y #4
112 Synchro Input Z #5
113 Synchro Input Z #1
114 Synchro Input Z #2
115 N/C
116 N/C
117 N/C
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
With Ref. To
J2-64, 75
Firmware Ref. to
J2-93
J2-105, 124
Firmware Ref. to
J2-107
Notes
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-80, 113
Firmware Ref. to
J2-93
J2-111, 110
Firmware Ref. to
J2-107
J2-92
J1-74
J1-74
J1-74
J2-99
J2-114, 118
Firmware Ref. to
J2-93
J2-21
J2-86, 124
Firmware Ref. to
J2-107
J2-106
J2-91, 111
Firmware Ref. to
J2-107
J2-91, 110
Firmware Ref. to
J2-107
J2-127, 128
Firmware Ref. to
J2-107
J2-80, 90
Firmware Ref. to
J2-93
J2-101, 118
Firmware Ref. to
J2-93
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
Not Used for this Configuration
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Not Used for this Configuration
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
Internally tied to A_GND
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
Not Used for this Configuration
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
34-20-02
Page 334
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
Plug P2 (Cont.)
MFD P/N 6402-10001-0X
Pin #
Characteristics
118 Synchro Input X #2
119
120
121
122
123
With Ref. To
J2-101, 114
Firmware Ref. to
J2-93
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
124 Synchro Input X #6
128 Synchro Input Y #5
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-86, 105
Firmware Ref. to
J2-107
125 N/C
126 N/C
127 Synchro Input X #5
Notes
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-112, 128
Firmware Ref. to
J2-107
J2-112, 127
Firmware Ref. to
J2-107
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
34-20-02
Page 335
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
B.
MFD Part Number 6402-11001-0X
CAUTION: IT IS THE INSTALLERS RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN
NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED BY OTHER THAN
UNIVERSAL AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION.
(1)
Plug P1
MFD P/N 6402-11001-0X
Pin #
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
Characteristics
Chassis Ground
+28VDC Return
+28VDC Return
Chassis Ground
+28VDC Power
+28VDC Power
Chassis Ground
N/C
Chassis Ground
Chassis Ground
Chassis Ground
Chassis Ground
Chassis Ground
0-5 VAC LAMPS
ARINC-561-9 RX A
ARINC-561-9 RX B
RS-422 TX H #2
RS-422 TX L #2
Return/Shield
Bezel Return
28V/Open Discrete In #2
Ground/Open Discrete In #2
Ground/Open Discrete In #1
28V/Open Discrete In #3
N/C
ARINC-561-9 RX B
ARINC-561-9 RX A
ARINC-561-9 RX B
ARINC-561-9 RX A
Configuration Module
Configuration Module
28V/Open Discrete In #4
With Ref. To
J1-2, 3
J1-2, 3
J1-44
J1-26
J1-27
J1-18
J1-17
J1-17, 18
J1-33, 54
J1-63
J1-74
J1-74
J1-62
J1-15
J1-16
J1-29
J1-28
J1-36
J1-36
J1-50
33
0-5VAC/VDC Bezel
J1-20
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
RS-422 RX L #2
RS-422 RX H #2
Configuration Module
N/C
Return/Shield
Return
Ground/Open Discrete In
Configuration Module
VSYNC 0-30VDC
28V/Open Discrete In #1
Lamps Return
J1-35
J1-34
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
J1-34, 35
J2-1
J1-36
J1-36
J1-36
J1-52
J1-14, 55
Notes
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Non-Configurable
Not Used for this Configuration
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
RS-422 TX #2 Shield
Non-Configurable
Not Used for this Configuration
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Data and address
Clock Signal
This Input can be either VAC or VDC and has
Overvoltage Protection.
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Digital Ground
Not Used for this Configuration
RS-422 RX #2 Shield
Internally Tied to A-GND
Reserved for Configuration and Installation
Vcc +5VDC Power
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
34-20-02
Page 336
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
Plug P1 (Cont.)
MFD P/N 6402-11001-0X
Pin #
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
Characteristics
Return/Shield
RS-422 TX L #1
RS-422 TX H #1
Ground/Open Discrete In
N/C
Return
Return
Return
HSYNC 0-15VDC
0-28V Remote Bezel Lamp Pwr
0-28V Remote Lamp Pwr
ARINC-708A-2 RX C #1
RS-422 RX L #1
RS-422 RX H #1
ARINC-429 RX B #6
ARINC-429 RX A #6
Return/Shield
Return
Return
Return
Ground/Open Discrete In #3
Return/Shield
67
Return/Shield
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
ARINC-708A-2 RX C #2
ARINC-708A-2 RX B #1
ARINC-708A-2 RX A #1
ARINC-429 TX A #2
ARINC-429 TX B #2
Return/Shield
Analog Ground
Analog Ground
Ground/Open Discrete In
Return
Ground/Open Discrete Out #7
Ground/Open Discrete In #4
ARINC-708A-2 RX B #2
ARINC-708A-2 RX A #2
ARINC-429 RX B #4
ARINC-429 RX A #4
Ground/Open Discrete In
Ground/Open Discrete In
Return/Shield
Return
Return
Ground/Open Discrete In #6
Ground/Open Discrete In #5
N/C
N/C
With Ref. To
J1-47, 46
J1-47
J1-46
J1-36
J1-32
J2-13
J1-43
J1-36
J1-20
J1-44
J1-69, 70
J1-58
J1-57
J1-60
J1-59
J1-24
J1-21
J2-44
J1-74
J1-57, 58
J1-56, 68, 69, 70,
80, 81
J1-80, 81
J1-70
J1-69
J1-72
J1-71
J1-71,72
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
J1-36
J2-39
J1-74
J1-74
J1-81
J1-80
J1-83
J1-82
J1-36
J1-36
J2-16
J2-17
J1-74
J1-74
Notes
RS-422 TX #1 Shield
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Reserved for Configuration and Installation
Not Used for this Configuration
Internally Tied to A_GND
Internally Tied to A_GND
Internally Tied to A_GND
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
ARINC-429 RX #6 Shield
Internally Tied to A_GND
Internally Tied to A_GND
Internally Tied to A_GND
RS-422 Rx #1 Shield
ARINC-708A-2 RX Shield
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
ARINC-429 TX #2 Shield
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Reserved for Configuration and Installation
Internally Tied to A_GND
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Reserved for Configuration and Installation
Reserved for Configuration and Installation
ARINC-429 RX #4 Shield
Internally Tied to A_GND
Internally Tied to A_GND
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
34-20-02
Page 337
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
Plug P1 (Cont.)
MFD P/N 6402-11001-0X
Pin #
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
Characteristics
N/C
ARINC-429 RX A #5
ARINC-429 RX B #5
Return/Shield
Return/Shield
N/C
N/C
Ground/Open Discrete Out #6
N/C
Chassis Ground
N/C
N/C
ARINC-429 TX A #1
Return/Shield
ARINC-429 RX A #2
Ground/Open Discrete Out #4
Ground/Open Discrete Out #5
N/C
Ground/Open Discrete In
Analog Video Return
N/C
N/C
ARINC-429 TX B #1
Return/Shield
Ground/Open Discrete In #8
ARINC-429 RX A #1
Analog Video Return
Analog Video Return
Analog Video
ARINC-429 RX B #2
ARINC-429 RX A #3
ARINC-429 RX B #3
ARINC-429 RX B #1
Return/Shield
Analog Video
Analog Video
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
With Ref. To
J1-95
J1-94
Notes
Not Used for this Configuration
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
ARINC-429 RX #5 Shield
ARINC-429 RX #2 Shield
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
J1-74
J1-115
J1-105, 115
J1-122
J1-74
J1-74
Not Used for this Configuration
Non-Configurable
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
ARINC-429 TX #1 Shield
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Not Used for this Configuration
J1-74
J1-121
J1-105
J1-74
J1-125
J1-127
J1-128
J1-112
J1-107
J1-124
J1-123
J1-118
J1-119
J1-120
Video RED Return
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
ARINC-429 RX #3 Shield
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Video GREEN Return
Video BLUE Return
Video RED
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
ARINC-429 RX #1 Shield
Video GREEN
Video BLUE
34-20-02
Page 338
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
Plug P2
MFD P/N 6402-11001-0X
Pin #
1 N/C
Characteristics
2
Synchro Input X #8
3
4
5
6
N/C
N/C
Analog Resolver Input
Analog Resolver Return
7
Synchro Input Y #7
8
N/C
9
Synchro Input X #7
10
Synchro Input Z #7
11
N/C
12
Synchro Input Y #8
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
N/C
Analog Resolver Output
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
Analog Resolver Output
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
Analog Resolver Output
Analog Resolver Output
Analog Resolver Input
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
With Ref. To
J2-12, 46
Firmware Ref. to
J2-100
Notes
Not Used for this Configuration
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Resolver Throughput
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
J2-9, 10
Firmware Ref. to
J2-100
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-7, 10
Firmware Ref. to
J2-100
J2-7, 9
Firmware Ref. to
J2-100
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-2, 46
Firmware Ref. to
J2-100
J2-31
J2-31
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
Not Used for this Configuration
Resolver Throughput
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Resolver Throughput
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Resolver Throughput
Resolver Throughput
Resolver Throughput
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
34-20-02
Page 339
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
Plug P2 (Cont.)
MFD P/N 6402-11001-0X
Pin #
42
43
44
45
Characteristics
With Ref. To
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
46
Synchro Input Z #8
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
26 VRMS, 400 Hz Reference
N/C
64
Synchro Input Z #3
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
75
Synchro Input X #3
76
77
78
79
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
80
Synchro Input Y #1
81
82
83
N/C
N/C
N/C
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
J2-2, 12
Firmware Ref. to
J2-100
J2-49
J2-75, 85
Firmware Ref. to
J2-93
Notes
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Not Used for this Configuration
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-64, 85
Firmware Ref. to
J2-93
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-90, 113
Firmware Ref. to
J2-93
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
34-20-02
Page 340
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
Plug P2 (Cont.)
MFD P/N 6402-11001-0X
Pin #
Characteristics
84 Return
85
Synchro Input Y #3
86
Synchro Input Y #6
87
88
89
N/C
N/C
N/C
90
Synchro Input X #1
91
Synchro Input X #4
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
N/C
26 VRMS, 400 Hz Reference
A_GND
A_GND
N/C
N/C
A_GND
N/C
26 VRMS, 400 Hz Reference
101 Synchro Input Y #2
102 Return
103 N/C
104 N/C
105 Synchro Input Z #6
106
107
108
109
N/C
26 VRMS, 400 Hz Reference
N/C
N/C
110 Synchro Input Z #4
111 Synchro Input Y #4
112 Synchro Input Z #5
113 Synchro Input Z #1
114 Synchro Input Z #2
115 N/C
116 N/C
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
With Ref. To
J2-72
J2-64, 75
Firmware Ref. to
J2-93
J2-105, 124
Firmware Ref. to
J2-107
Notes
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-80, 113
Firmware Ref. to
J2-93
J2-111, 110
Firmware Ref. to
J2-107
J2-92
J1-74
J1-74
J1-74
J2-99
J2-114, 118
Firmware Ref. to
J2-93
J2-21
J2-86, 124
Firmware Ref. to
J2-107
J2-106
J2-91, 111
Firmware Ref. to
J2-107
J2-91, 110
Firmware Ref. to
J2-107
J2-127, 128
Firmware Ref. to
J2-107
J2-80, 90
Firmware Ref. to
J2-93
J2-101, 118
Firmware Ref. to
J2-93
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
Not Used for this Configuration
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Not Used for this Configuration
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
Not Used for this Configuration
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
34-20-02
Page 341
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
Plug P2 (Cont.)
MFD P/N 6402-11001-0X
Pin #
117 N/C
Characteristics
118 Synchro Input X #2
119
120
121
122
123
With Ref. To
J2-101, 114
Firmware Ref. to
J2-93
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
124 Synchro Input X #6
128 Synchro Input Y #5
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-86, 105
Firmware Ref. to
J2-107
125 N/C
126 N/C
127 Synchro Input X #5
Notes
Not Used for this Configuration
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-112, 128
Firmware Ref. to
J2-107
J2-112, 127
Firmware Ref. to
J2-107
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
34-20-02
Page 342
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
C.
MFD Part Number 6402-10011-0X
CAUTION: IT IS THE INSTALLERS RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN
NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED BY OTHER THAN
UNIVERSAL AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION.
(1)
Plug P1
MFD P/N 6402-10011-0X
Pin #
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
Characteristics
Chassis Ground
+28VDC Return
+28VDC Return
Chassis Ground
+28VDC Power
+28VDC Power
Chassis Ground
N/C
Chassis Ground
Chassis Ground
Chassis Ground
Chassis Ground
Chassis Ground
0-5 VAC LAMPS
ARINC-561-9 RX A
ARINC-561-9 RX B
RS-422 TX H #2
RS-422 TX L #2
Return/Shield
Bezel Return
28V/Open Discrete In #2
Ground/Open Discrete In #2
Ground/Open Discrete In #1
28V/Open Discrete In #3
N/C
ARINC-561-9 RX B
ARINC-561-9 RX A
ARINC-561-9 RX B
ARINC-561-9 RX A
Configuration Module
Configuration Module
28V/Open Discrete In #4
With Ref. To
J1-2, 3
J1-2, 3
J1-44
J1-26
J1-27
J1-18
J1-17
J1-17, 18
J1-33, 54
J1-63
J1-74
J1-74
J1-62
J1-15
J1-16
J1-29
J1-28
J1-36
J1-36
J1-50
33
0-5VAC/VDC Bezel
J1-20
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
RS-422 RX L #2
RS-422 RX H #2
Configuration Module
N/C
Return/Shield
Return
Ground/Open Discrete In
Configuration Module
N/C
28V/Open Discrete In #1
Lamps Return
J1-35
J1-34
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
J1-34, 35
J2-1
J1-36
J1-36
J1-52
J1-14, 55
Notes
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Non-Configurable
Not Used for this Configuration
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
RS-422 TX #2 Shield
Non-Configurable
Not Used for this Configuration
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Data and address
Clock Signal
This Input can be either VAC or VDC and has
Overvoltage Protection.
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Digital Ground
Not Used for this Configuration
RS-422 RX #2 Shield
Internally Tied to A_GND
Reserved for Configuration and Installation
Vcc +5VDC Power
Not Used for this Configuration
Non-Configurable
34-20-02
Page 343
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
Plug P1 (Cont.)
MFD P/N 6402-10011-0X
Pin #
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
Characteristics
Return/Shield
RS-422 TX L #1
RS-422 TX H #1
Ground/Open Discrete In
N/C
Return
Return
Return
N/C
0-28V Remote Bezel Lamp Pwr
0-28V Remote Lamp Pwr
ARINC-708A-2 RX C #1
RS-422 RX L #1
RS-422 RX H #1
ARINC-429 RX B #6
ARINC-429 RX A #6
Return/Shield
Return
Return
Return
Ground/Open Discrete In #3
Return/Shield
67
Return/Shield
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
ARINC-708A-2 RX C #2
ARINC-708A-2 RX B #1
ARINC-708A-2 RX A #1
ARINC-429 TX A #2
ARINC-429 TX B #2
Return/Shield
Analog Ground
Analog Ground
Ground/Open Discrete In
Return
Ground/Open Discrete Out #7
Ground/Open Discrete In #4
ARINC-708A-2 RX B #2
ARINC-708A-2 RX A #2
ARINC-429 RX B #4
ARINC-429 RX A #4
Ground/Open Discrete In
Ground/Open Discrete In
Return/Shield
Return
Return
Ground/Open Discrete In #6
Ground/Open Discrete In #5
N/C
N/C
With Ref. To
J1-47, 46
J1-47
J1-46
J1-36
J1-32
J2-13
J1-43
J1-20
J1-44
J1-69, 70
J1-58
J1-57
J1-60
J1-59
J1-24
J1-21
J2-44
J1-74
J1-57, 58
J1-56, 68, 69, 70,
80, 81
J1-80, 81
J1-70
J1-69
J1-72
J1-71
J1-71,72
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
J1-36
J2-39
J1-74
J1-74
J1-81
J1-80
J1-83
J1-82
J1-36
J1-36
J2-16
J2-17
J1-74
J1-74
Notes
RS-422 TX #1 Shield
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Reserved for Configuration and Installation
Not Used for this Configuration
Internally Tied to A_GND
Internally Tied to A_GND
Internally Tied to A_GND
Not Used for this Configuration
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
ARINC-429 RX #6 Shield
Internally Tied to A_GND
Internally Tied to A_GND
Internally Tied to A_GND
RS-422 RX #1 Shield
ARINC-708A-2 RX Shield
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
ARINC-429 TX #2 Shield
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Reserved for Configuration and Installation
Internally Tied To A_GND
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Reserved for Configuration and Installation
Reserved for Configuration and Installation
ARINC-429 RX #4 Shield
Internally Tied To A_GND
Internally Tied To A_GND
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
34-20-02
Page 344
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
Plug P1 (Cont.)
MFD P/N 6402-10011-0X
Pin #
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
Characteristics
N/C
ARINC-429 RX A #5
ARINC-429 RX B #5
Return/Shield
Return/Shield
N/C
N/C
Ground/Open Discrete Out #6
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
ARINC-429 TX A #1
Return/Shield
ARINC-429 RX A #2
Ground/Open Discrete Out #4
Ground/Open Discrete Out #5
N/C
Ground/Open Discrete In #7
N/C
N/C
N/C
ARINC-429 TX B #1
Return/Shield
Ground/Open Discrete In #8
ARINC-429 RX A #1
N/C
N/C
N/C
ARINC-429 RX B #2
ARINC-429 RX A #3
ARINC-429 RX B #3
ARINC-429 RX B #1
Return/Shield
N/C
N/C
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
With Ref. To
J1-95
J1-94
Notes
Not Used for this Configuration
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
ARINC-429 RX #5 Shield
ARINC-429 #2 Shield
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
J1-74
J1-115
J1-105, 115
J1-122
J1-74
J1-74
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
ARINC-429 TX #1 Shield
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Not Used for this Configuration
J1-74
J1-105
J1-74
J1-125
J1-107
J1-124
J1-123
J1-118
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
ARINC-429 RX #3 Shield
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
ARINC-429 RX #1 Shield
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
34-20-02
Page 345
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
(2)
Plug P2
MFD P/N 6402-10011-0X
Pin #
Characteristics
1 28V/Open Discrete In
With Ref. To
J1-39
Notes
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
J2-12, 46
2
Synchro Input X #8
Firmware Ref. to
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 HZ
J2-100
3
N/C
4
N/C
Not Used for this Configuration
5
Analog Resolver In
Resolver Throughput
6
Analog Resolver Return
7
Synchro Input Y #7
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-9, 10
Firmware Ref. to
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 HZ
J2-100
8
N/C
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-7, 10
9
Synchro Input X #7
Firmware Ref. to
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 HZ
J2-100
J2-7, 9
10
Synchro Input Z #7
Firmware Ref. to
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 HZ
J2-100
11
N/C
12
Synchro Input Y #8
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-2, 46
Firmware Ref. to
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 HZ
J2-100
13
28V/Open Discrete In
14
Analog Resolver Out
15
Return
J2-25
16
28V/Open Discrete In
J1-87
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
17
28V/Open Discrete In
J1-88
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
18
Ground/Open Discrete Out
J1-74
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
19
28V/Open Discrete Out
J1-74
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
20
N/C
21
28V/Open Discrete In
J2-102
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
22
N/C
23
N/C
24
Analog Resolver Out
25
0-28 VDC Analog
26
N/C
27
DC Current +/-10mA Input
28
N/C
29
DC Current +/-5mA max Input
J2-30
30
DC Current +/-5mA max Input
J2-29
31
N/C
Not Used for this Configuration
32
N/C
Not Used for this Configuration
33
Analog Resolver Out
34
Analog Resolver Out
35
Analog Resolver
36
DC Voltage +/- 10V max Input
J1-51
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Resolver Throughput
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-31
Resolver Throughput
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-78
Not Used for this Configuration
Resolver Throughput
J2-31
Resolver Throughput
Resolver Throughput
J2-40
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 346
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
Plug P2 (Cont.)
MFD P/N 6402-10011-0X
Pin #
37 N/C
38 N/C
Characteristics
With Ref. To
Notes
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
39
N/C
40
DC Voltage +/- 10V max Input
41
DC Current +/- 1mA Input
42
N/C
Not Used for this Configuration
43
N/C
Not Used for this Configuration
44
N/C
Not Used for this Configuration
45
N/C
Not Used for this Configuration
46
Synchro Input Z #8
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-36
J2-2, 12
Firmware Ref. to
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
J2-100
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
N/C
DC Current +/- 1mA Input
26 V Reference Return
DC Current +/- 1mA Input
DC Current +/- 1mA Input
DC Current +/- 1mA Input
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
DC Current +/- 1mA Input
DC Current +/- 1mA Input
DC Current +/- 1mA Input
26 VRMS, 400 Hz Reference
N/C
64
Synchro Input Z #3
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
DC Voltage +/-10V max
N/C
DC Voltage +/- 10V max Input
N/C
75
Synchro Input X #3
76
77
78
N/C
N/C
DC Current +/-10 mA max Input
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-62
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-49
J2-75, 85
Firmware Ref. to
J2-93
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Not Used for this Configuration
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-73
Not Used in this Configuration
J2-71
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-64, 85
Firmware Ref. to
J2-93
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-27
34-20-02
Page 347
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
Plug P2 (Cont.)
MFD P/N 6402-10011-0X
Pin #
79 N/C
Characteristics
80
Synchro Input Y #1
81
82
83
84
N/C
N/C
N/C
Return
85
Synchro Input Y #3
86
Synchro Input Y #6
87
88
89
N/C
N/C
N/C
90
Synchro Input X #1
91
Synchro Input X #4
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
26 V Reference Return
26 VRMS, 400 Hz Reference
A_GND
A_GND
N/C
N/C
A_GND
N/C
26 VRMS, 400 Hz Reference
101 Synchro Input Y #2
102 Return
103 N/C
104 N/C
105 Synchro Input Z #6
106
107
108
109
26 V Reference Return
26 VRMS, 400 Hz Reference
N/C
N/C
110 Synchro Input Z #4
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
With Ref. To
J2-90, 113
Firmware Ref. to
J2-93
J2-72
J2-64, 75
Firmware Ref. to
J2-93
J2-105, 124
Firmware Ref. to
J2-107
Notes
Not Used for this Configuration
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-80, 113
Firmware Ref. to 0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
J2-93
J2-111, 110
Firmware Ref. to 0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
J2-107
J2-93
For Input Synchro #1, #2 and #3
J2-92
For Input Synchro #1, #2 and #3
J1-74
J1-74
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
J1-74
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-99
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
J2-114, 118
Firmware Ref. to 0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
J2-93
J2-21
Internally Tied to A_GND
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-86, 124
Firmware Ref. to 0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
J2-107
J2-107
For Input Synchro #4, #5 and #6
J2-106
For Input Synchro #4, #5 and #6
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-91, 111
Firmware Ref. to 0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
J2-107
34-20-02
Page 348
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
Plug P2 (Cont.)
MFD P/N 6402-10011-0X
Pin #
Characteristics
111 Synchro Input Y #4
112 Synchro Input Z #5
113 Synchro Input Z #1
114 Synchro Input Z #2
With Ref. To
J2-91, 110
Firmware Ref. to
J2-107
J2-127, 128
Firmware Ref. to
J2-107
J2-80, 90
Firmware Ref. to
J2-93
J2-101, 118
Firmware Ref. to
J2-93
115 N/C
116 N/C
117 N/C
118 Synchro Input X #2
119
120
121
122
123
J2-101, 114
Firmware Ref. to
J2-93
128 Synchro Input Y #5
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-86, 105
Firmware Ref. to
J2-107
125
126 N/C
127 Synchro Input X #5
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
124 Synchro Input X #6
Notes
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-112, 128
Firmware Ref. to
J2-107
J2-112, 127
Firmware Ref. to
J2-107
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
34-20-02
Page 349
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
D.
MFD Part Number 6402-11011-0X
CAUTION: IT IS THE INSTALLERS RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN
NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED BY OTHER THAN
UNIVERSAL AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION.
(1)
Plug P1
MFD P/N 6402-11011-0X
Pin #
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
Characteristics
Chassis Ground
+28VDC Return
+28VDC Return
Chassis Ground
+28VDC Power
+28VDC Power
Chassis Ground
N/C
Chassis Ground
Chassis Ground
Chassis Ground
Chassis Ground
Chassis Ground
0-5 VAC LAMPS
ARINC-561-9 RX A
ARINC-561-9 RX B
RS-422 TX H #2
RS-422 TX L #2
Return/Shield
Bezel Return
28V/Open Discrete In #2
Ground/Open Discrete In #2
Ground/Open Discrete In #1
28V/Open Discrete In #3
N/C
ARINC-561-9 RX B
ARINC-561-9 RX A
ARINC-561-9 RX B
ARINC-561-9 RX A
Configuration Module
Configuration Module
28V/Open Discrete In #4
With Ref. To
J1-2, 3
J1-2, 3
J1-44
J1-26
J1-27
J1-18
J1-17
J1-17, 18
J1-33, 54
J1-63
J1-74
J1-74
J1-62
J1-15
J1-16
J1-29
J1-28
J1-36
J1-36
J1-50
33
0-5VAC/VDC Bezel
J1-20
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
RS-422 RX L #2
RS-422 RX H #2
Configuration Module
N/C
Return/Shield
Return
Ground/Open Discrete In
Configuration Module
VSYNC 0-30VDC
28V/Open Discrete In #1
Lamps Return
J1-35
J1-34
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
J1-34, 35
J2-1
J1-36
J1-36
J1-36
J1-52
J1-14, 55
Notes
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Non-Configurable
Not Used for this Configuration
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
RS-422 TX #2 Shield
Non-Configurable
Not Used for this Configuration
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Data and address
Clock Signal
This Input can be either VAC or VDC and has
Overvoltage Protection.
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Digital Ground
Not Used for this Configuration
RS-422 RX #2 Shield
Internally Tied to A_GND
Reserved for Configuration and Installation
Vcc +5VDC Power
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
34-20-02
Page 350
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
Plug P1 (Cont.)
MFD P/N 6402-11011-0X
Pin #
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
Characteristics
Return/Shield
RS-422 TX L #1
RS-422 TX H #1
Ground/Open Discrete In
N/C
Return
Return
Return
HSYNC 0-15VDC
0-28V Remote Bezel Lamp Pwr
0-28V Remote Lamp Pwr
ARINC-708A-2 RX C #1
RS-422 RX L #1
RS-422 RX H #1
ARINC-429 RX B #6
ARINC-429 RX A #6
Return/Shield
Return
Return
Return
Ground/Open Discrete In #3
Return/Shield
67
Return/Shield
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
ARINC-708A-2 RX C #2
ARINC-708A-2 RX B #1
ARINC-708A-2 RX A #1
ARINC-429 TX A #2
ARINC-429 TX B #2
Return/Shield
Analog Ground
Analog Ground
Ground/Open Discrete In
Return
Ground/Open Discrete Out #7
Ground/Open Discrete In #4
ARINC-708A-2 RX B #2
ARINC-708A-2 RX A #2
ARINC-429 RX B #4
ARINC-429 RX A #4
Ground/Open Discrete In
Ground/Open Discrete In
Return/Shield
Return
Return
Ground/Open Discrete In #6
Ground/Open Discrete In #5
N/C
N/C
With Ref. To
J1-47, 46
J1-47
J1-46
J1-36
J1-32
J2-13
J1-43
J1-36
J1-20
J1-44
J1-69, 70
J1-58
J1-57
J1-60
J1-59
J1-24
J1-21
J2-44
J1-74
J1-57, 58
J1-56, 68, 69, 70,
80, 81
J1-80, 81
J1-70
J1-69
J1-72
J1-71
J1-71,72
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
J1-36
J2-39
J1-74
J1-74
J1-81
J1-80
J1-83
J1-82
J1-36
J1-36
J2-16
J2-17
J1-74
J1-74
Notes
RS-422 TX #1 Shield
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Reserved for Configuration and Installation
Not Used for this Configuration
Internally Tied to A_GND
Internally Tied to A_GND
Internally Tied to A_GND
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
ARINC-429 RX #6 Shield
Internally Tied to A_GND
Internally Tied to A_GND
Internally Tied to A_GND
RS-422 RX #1 Shield
ARINC-708A-2 RX Shield
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
ARINC-429 TX #2 Shield
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Reserved for Configuration and Installation
Internally Tied to A_GND
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Reserved for Configuration and Installation
Reserved for Configuration and Installation
ARINC-429 RX #4 Shield
Internally Tied to A_GND
Internally Tied to A_GND
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
34-20-02
Page 351
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
Plug P1 (Cont.)
MFD P/N 6402-11011-0X
Pin #
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
Characteristics
N/C
ARINC-429 RX A #5
ARINC-429 RX B #5
Return/Shield
Return/Shield
N/C
N/C
Ground/Open Discrete Out #6
N/C
Shield/Chassis Ground
N/C
N/C
ARINC-429 TX A #1
Return/Shield
ARINC-429 RX A #2
Ground/Open Discrete Out #4
Ground/Open Discrete Out #5
N/C
Ground/Open Discrete In #7
Analog Video Return
N/C
N/C
ARINC-429 TX B #1
Return/Shield
Ground/Open Discrete In #8
ARINC-429 RX A #1
Analog Video Return
Analog Video Return
Analog Video
ARINC-429 RX B #2
ARINC-429 RX A #3
ARINC-429 RX B #3
ARINC-429 RX B #1
Return/Shield
Analog Video
Analog Video
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
With Ref. To
J1-95
J1-94
Notes
Not Used for this Configuration
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
ARINC-429 RX #5 Shield
ARINC-429 RX #2 Shield
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
J1-74
Not Used for this Configuration
J1-115
J1-105, 115
J1-122
J1-74
J1-74
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
ARINC-429 TX #1 Shield
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Not Used for this Configuration
J1-74
J1-121
J1-105
J1-74
J1-125
J1-127
J1-128
J1-112
J1-107
J1-124
J1-123
J1-118
J1-119
J1-120
Video RED Return
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
ARINC-429 RX #3 Shield
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Video GREEN Return
Video BLUE Return
Video RED
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
ARINC-429 RX #1 Shield
Video GREEN
Video BLUE
34-20-02
Page 352
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
(2)
Plug P2
MFD P/N 6402-11011-0X
Pin #
1 N/C
Characteristics
2
Synchro Input X #8
3
4
5
6
N/C
N/C
Analog Resolver In
Analog Resolver Return
7
Synchro Input Y #7
8
N/C
9
Synchro Input X #7
10
Synchro Input Z #7
11
N/C
12
Synchro Input Y #8
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
N/C
Analog Resolver Out
Return
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
Analog Resolver Out
0-28 VDC Analog
N/C
DC Current +/-10mA max Input
N/C
DC Current +/-5mA max Input
DC Current +/-5mA max Input
N/C
N/C
Analog Resolver Out
Analog Resolver Out
Analog Resolver In
DC Voltage +/-10V max Input
N/C
N/C
N/C
DC Voltage +/-10V max Input
DC Current +/-1mA Input
N/C
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
With Ref. To
J2-12, 46
Firmware Ref. to
J2-100
Notes
Not Used for this Configuration
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 HZ
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Resolver Throughput
J2-9, 10
Firmware Ref. to
J2-100
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 HZ
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-7, 10
Firmware Ref. to
J2-100
J2-7, 9
Firmware Ref. to
J2-100
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 HZ
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 HZ
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-2, 46
Firmware Ref. to
J2-100
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 HZ
Not Used for this Configuration
Resolver Throughput
J2-25
J2-31
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Resolver Throughput
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-78
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-30
J2-29
J2-31
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Resolver Throughput
Resolver Throughput
Resolver Throughput
J2-40
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-36
Not Used for this Configuration
34-20-02
Page 353
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
Plug P2 (Cont.)
MFD P/N 6402-11011-0X
Pin #
43 N/C
44 N/C
45 N/C
Characteristics
46
Synchro Input Z #8
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
N/C
DC Current +/-1mA Input
26 V Reference Return
DC Current +/-1mA Input
DC Current +/-1mA Input
DC Current +/-1mA Input
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
DC Current +/-1mA Input
DC Current +/-1mA Input
DC Current +/-1mA Input
26 VRMS, 400 Hz Reference
N/C
64
Synchro Input Z #3
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
DC Voltage +/-10V max Input
N/C
DC Voltage +/-10V max Input
N/C
75
Synchro Input X #3
76
77
78
79
N/C
N/C
DC Current +/-10mA max Input
N/C
80
Synchro Input Y #1
81
82
83
84
N/C
N/C
N/C
Return
85
Synchro Input Y #3
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
With Ref. To
J2-2, 12
Firmware Ref. to
J2-100
Notes
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 HZ
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-62
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-49
J2-75, 85
Firmware Ref. to
J2-93
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Not Used for this Configuration
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 HZ
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-73
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-71
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-64, 85
Firmware Ref. to
J2-93
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 HZ
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-27
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-90, 113
Firmware Ref. to
J2-93
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 HZ
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-72
J2-64, 75
Firmware Ref. to
J2-93
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 HZ
34-20-02
Page 354
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
Plug P2 (Cont.)
MFD P/N 6402-11011-0X
Pin #
Characteristics
86
Synchro Input Y #6
87
88
89
N/C
N/C
N/C
90
Synchro Input X #1
91
Synchro Input X #4
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
26 V Reference Return
26 VRMS, 400 Hz Reference
A_GND
A_GND
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
26 VRMS, 400 Hz Reference
101 Synchro Input Y #2
102 Return
103 N/C
104 N/C
105 Synchro Input Z #6
106
107
108
109
26 V Reference Return
26 VRMS, 400 Hz Reference
N/C
N/C
110 Synchro Input Z #4
111 Synchro Input Y #4
112 Synchro Input Z #5
113 Synchro Input Z #1
114 Synchro Input Z #2
115 N/C
116 N/C
117 N/C
118 Synchro Input X #2
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
With Ref. To
J2-105, 124
Firmware Ref. to
J2-107
Notes
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 HZ
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-80, 113
Firmware Ref. to 0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 HZ
J2-93
J2-111, 110
Firmware Ref. to 0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 HZ
J2-107
J2-93
For Synchro Input #1, #2 and #3
J2-92
For Synchro Input #1, #2 and #3
J1-74
J1-74
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-99
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
J2-114, 118
Firmware Ref. to 0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 HZ
J2-93
J2-21
Internally Tied to A_GND
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-86, 124
Firmware Ref. to 0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 HZ
J2-107
J2-107
For Synchro Input #4, #5 and #6
J2-106
For Synchro Input #4, #5 and #6
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-91, 111
Firmware Ref. to 0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 HZ
J2-107
J2-91, 110
Firmware Ref. to 0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 HZ
J2-107
J2-127, 128
Firmware Ref. to 0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 HZ
J2-107
J2-80, 90
Firmware Ref. to 0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 HZ
J2-93
J2-101, 118
Firmware Ref. to 0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 HZ
J2-93
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-101, 114
Firmware Ref. to 0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 HZ
J2-93
34-20-02
Page 355
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
Plug P2 (Cont.)
MFD P/N 6402-11011-0X
Pin #
119
120
121
122
123
Characteristics
With Ref. To
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
124 Synchro Input X #6
J2-86, 105
Firmware Ref. to
J2-107
125 N/C
126 N/C
127 Synchro Input X #5
128 Synchro Input Y #5
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
Notes
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 HZ
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-112, 128
Firmware Ref. to
J2-107
J2-112, 127
Firmware Ref. to
J2-107
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 HZ
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 HZ
34-20-02
Page 356
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
E.
MFD Part Number 6402-12011-0X
CAUTION: IT IS THE INSTALLERS RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN
NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED BY OTHER THAN
UNIVERSAL AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION.
(1)
Plug P1
MFD P/N 6402-12011-0X
Pin #
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
Characteristics
Chassis Ground
+28VDC Return
+28VDC Return
Chassis Ground
+28VDC Power
+28VDC Power
Chassis Ground
N/C
Chassis Ground
Chassis Ground
Chassis Ground
Chassis Ground
Chassis Ground
0-5 VAC LAMPS
ARINC-561-9 RX A
ARINC-561-9 RX B
RS-422 TX H #2
RS-422 TX L #2
Return/Shield
Bezel Return
28V/Open Discrete In #2
Ground/Open Discrete In #2
Ground/Open Discrete In #1
28V/Open Discrete In #3
N/C
ARINC-561-9 RX B
ARINC-561-9 RX A
ARINC-561-9 RX B
ARINC-561-9 RX A
Configuration Module
Configuration Module
28V/Open Discrete In #4
With Ref. To
J1-2, 3
J1-2, 3
J1-44
J1-26
J1-27
J1-18
J1-17
J1-17, 18
J1-33, 54
J1-63
J1-74
J1-74
J1-62
J1-15
J1-16
J1-29
J1-28
J1-36
J1-36
J1-50
33
0-5VAC/VDC Bezel
J1-20
34
35
RS-422 RX L #2
RS-422 RX H #2
Configuration Module/Digital
Ground
N/C
Return/Shield
Return
Ground/Open Discrete In
Configuration Module
0-5VDC RDR-1E Video 1 Trigger
28V/Open Discrete In #1
Lamps Return
J1-35
J1-34
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
Notes
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Non-Configurable
Not Used for this Configuration
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
RS-422 TX #2 Shield
Non-Configurable
Not Used for this Configuration
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Data and address
Clock Signal
This Input can be either VAC or VDC and has
Overvoltage Protection.
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Digital Ground
J1-34, 35
J2-1
J1-36
J1-36
J1-36
J1-52
J1-14, 55
Not Used for this Configuration
RS-422 RX #2 Shield
Internally Tied to A_GND
Reserved for Configuration and Installation
Vcc +5VDC Power
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
34-20-02
Page 357
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
Plug P1 (Cont.)
MFD P/N 6402-12011-0X
Pin #
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
Characteristics
Return/Shield
RS-422 TX L #1
RS-422 TX H #1
Ground/Open Discrete In
N/C
Return
Return
Return
0-5VDC RDR-1F Video 1 Trigger
0-28V Remote Bezel Lamp Pwr
0-28V Remote Lamp Pwr
ARINC-708A-2 RX C #1
RS-422 RX L #1
RS-422 RX H #1
ARINC-429 RX B #6
ARINC-429 RX A #6
Return/Shield
Return
Return
Return
Ground/Open Discrete In #3
Return/Shield
67
Return/Shield
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
ARINC-708A-2 RX C #2
ARINC-708A-2 RX B #1
ARINC-708A-2 RX A #1
ARINC-429 TX A #2
ARINC-429 TX B #2
Return/Shield
Analog Ground
Analog Ground
Ground/Open Discrete In
Return
Ground/Open Discrete Out #7
Ground/Open Discrete In #4
ARINC-708A-2 RX B #2
ARINC-708A-2 RX A #2
ARINC-429 RX B #4
ARINC-429 RX A #4
Ground/Open Discrete In
Ground/Open Discrete In
Return/Shield
Return
Return
Ground/Open Discrete In #6
Ground/Open Discrete In #5
N/C
N/C
With Ref. To
J1-47, 46
J1-47
J1-46
J1-36
J1-32
J2-13
J1-43
J1-36
J1-20
J1-44
J1-69, 70
J1-58
J1-57
J1-60
J1-59
J1-24
J1-21
J2-44
J1-74
J1-57, 58
J1-56, 68, 69, 70,
80, 81
J1-80, 81
J1-70
J1-69
J1-72
J1-71
J1-71,72
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
J1-36
J2-39
J1-74
J1-74
J1-81
J1-80
J1-83
J1-82
J1-36
J1-36
J2-16
J2-17
J1-74
J1-74
Notes
RS-422 TX #1 Shield
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Reserved for Configuration and Installation
Not Used for this Configuration
Internally Tied to A_GND
Internally Tied to A_GND
Internally Tied to A_GND
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
ARINC-429 RX #6 Shield
Internally Tied to A_GND
Internally Tied to A_GND
Internally Tied to A_GND
RS-422 RX #1 Shield
ARINC-708A-2 RX Shield
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
ARINC-429 TX #2 Shield
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Reserved for Configuration and Installation
Internally Tied to A_GND
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Reserved for Configuration and Installation
Reserved for Configuration and Installation
ARINC-429 RX #4 Shield
Internally Tied to A_GND
Internally Tied to A_GND
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
34-20-02
Page 358
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
Plug P1 (Cont.)
MFD P/N 6402-12011-0X
Pin #
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
Characteristics
N/C
ARINC-429 RX A #5
ARINC-429 RX B #5
Return/Shield
Return/Shield
N/C
N/C
Ground/Open Discrete Out #6
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
ARINC-429 TX A #1
Return/Shield
ARINC-429 RX A #2
Ground/Open Discrete Out #4
Ground/Open Discrete Out #5
N/C
Ground/Open Discrete In #7
N/C
N/C
N/C
ARINC-429 TX B #1
Return/Shield
Ground/Open Discrete In #8
ARINC-429 RX A #1
RDR-1F Video Return
RDR-1E Video Return
N/C
ARINC-429 RX B #2
ARINC-429 RX A #3
ARINC-429 RX B #3
ARINC-429 RX B #1
Return/Shield
0-4.5V RDR-1F Radar Signal
-0.5-3.5V RDR-1E Radar Signal
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
With Ref. To
J1-95
J1-94
Notes
Not Used for this Configuration
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
ARINC 429- RX #5 Shield
ARINC 429-RX #2 Shield
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
J1-74
J1-115
J1-105, 115
J1-122
J1-74
J1-74
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
ARINC-429 TX #1 Shield
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Not Used for this Configuration
J1-74
J1-105
J1-74
J1-125
J1-107
J1-124
J1-123
J1-118
J1-119
J1-120
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
ARINC-429 RX #3 Shield
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Not Used for this Configuration
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
ARINC-429 RX #1 Shield
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
34-20-02
Page 359
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
(2)
Plug P2
MFD P/N 6402-12011-0X
Pin #
1 N/C
Characteristics
2
Synchro Input X #8
3
4
5
6
N/C
N/C
Analog Resolver In
Analog Resolver Return
7
Synchro Input Y #7
8
N/C
9
Synchro Input X #7
10
Synchro Input Z #7
11
N/C
12
Synchro Input Y #8
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
N/C
Analog Resolver Out
Return
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
Analog Resolver Out
0-28 VDC Analog
N/C
DC Current +/-10mA max Input
N/C
DC Current +/-5mA max Input
DC Current +/-5mA max Input
N/C
N/C
Analog Resolver Out
Analog Resolver Out
Analog Resolver In
DC Voltage +/-10V max Input
N/C
N/C
N/C
DC Voltage +/-10V max Input
DC Current +/-1mA Input
N/C
N/C
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
With Ref. To
J2-12, 46
Firmware Ref. to
J2-100
Notes
Not Used for this Configuration
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Resolver Throughput
J2-9, 10
Firmware Ref. to
J2-100
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-7, 10
Firmware Ref. to
J2-100
J2-7, 9
Firmware Ref. to
J2-100
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-2, 46
Firmware Ref. to
J2-100
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-25
J2-31
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Resolver Throughput
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-78
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-30
J2-29
J2-31
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Resolver Throughput
Resolver Throughput
Resolver Throughput
J2-40
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-36
J2-51
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
34-20-02
Page 360
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
Plug P2 (Cont.)
MFD P/N 6402-12011-0X
Pin #
44 N/C
45 N/C
Characteristics
46
Synchro Input Z #8
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
N/C
DC Current +/-1mA Input
26V Reference Return
DC Current +/-1mA Input
DC Current +/-1mA Input
DC Current +/-1mA Input
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
DC Current +/-1mA Input
DC Current +/-1mA Input
DC Current +/-1mA Input
26 VRMS, 400 Hz Reference
N/C
64
Synchro Input Z #3
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
DC Voltage +/-10V max Input
N/C
DC Voltage +/-10V max Input
N/C
75
Synchro Input X #3
76
77
78
79
N/C
N/C
DC Current +/-10 mA max Input
N/C
80
Synchro Input Y #1
81
82
83
84
N/C
N/C
N/C
Return
85
Synchro Input Y #3
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
With Ref. To
J2-2, 12
Firmware Ref. to
J2-100
Notes
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-62
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-49
J2-75, 85
Firmware Ref. to
J2-93
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Not Used for this Configuration
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-73
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-71
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-64, 85
Firmware Ref. to
J2-93
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-27
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-90, 113
Firmware Ref. to
J2-93
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-72
J2-64, 75
Firmware Ref. to
J2-93
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
34-20-02
Page 361
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
Plug P2 (Cont.)
MFD P/N 6402-12011-0X
Pin #
Characteristics
86
Synchro Input Y #6
87
88
89
N/C
N/C
N/C
90
Synchro Input X #1
91
Synchro Input X #4
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
26 V Reference Return
26 VRMS 400 Hz Reference
A_GND
A_GND
N/C
N/C
A_GND
N/C
26 VRMS, 400 Hz Reference
101 Synchro Input Y #2
102 Return
103 N/C
104 N/C
105 Synchro Input Z #6
106
107
108
109
26 V Reference Return
26 VRMS, 400 Hz Reference
N/C
N/C
110 Synchro Input Z #4
111 Synchro Input Y #4
112 Synchro Input Z #5
113 Synchro Input Z #1
114 Synchro Input Z #2
115 N/C
116 N/C
117 N/C
118 Synchro Input X #2
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
With Ref. To
J2-105, 124
Firmware Ref. to
J2-107
Notes
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-80, 113
Firmware Ref. to 0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
J2-93
J2-111, 110
Firmware Ref. to 0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
J2-107
J2-93
For Synchro Input #1, #2 and #3
J2-92
For Synchro Input #1, #2 and #3
J1-74
J1-74
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-99
J2-114, 118
Firmware Ref. to
J2-93
J2-21
Not Used for this Configuration
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
Internally Tied to A_GND
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-86, 124
Firmware Ref. to 0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
J2-107
J2-107
For Synchro Input #4, #5 and #6
J2-106
For Synchro Input #4, #5 and #6
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-91, 111
Firmware Ref. to 0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
J2-107
J2-91, 110
Firmware Ref. to 0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
J2-107
J2-127, 128
Firmware Ref. to 0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
J2-107
J2-80, 90
Firmware Ref. to 0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
J2-93
J2-101, 118
Firmware Ref. to 0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
J2-93
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-101, 114
Firmware Ref. to 0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
J2-93
34-20-02
Page 362
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
Plug P2 (Cont.)
MFD P/N 6402-12011-0X
Pin #
119
120
121
122
123
Characteristics
With Ref. To
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
124 Synchro Input X #6
J2-86, 105
Firmware Ref. to
J2-107
125 N/C
126 N/C
127 Synchro Input X #5
128 Synchro Input Y #5
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
Notes
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-112, 128
Firmware Ref. to
J2-107
J2-112, 127
Firmware Ref. to
J2-107
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
34-20-02
Page 363
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
F.
MFD Part Number 6402-33011-0X
CAUTION: IT IS THE INSTALLERS RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN
NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED BY OTHER THAN
UNIVERSAL AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION.
(1)
Plug P1
MFD P/N 6402-33011-0X
Pin #
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
Characteristics
Chassis Ground
+28VDC Return
+28VDC Return
Chassis Ground
+28VDC Power
+28VDC Power
Chassis Ground
N/C
Chassis Ground
Chassis Ground
Chassis Ground
Chassis Ground
Chassis Ground
0-5 VAC LAMPS
ARINC-561-9 RX A
ARINC-561-9 RX B
RS-422 TX A #2
RS-422 TX B #2
Return/Shield
Bezel Return
28V/Open Discrete In #2
Ground/Open Discrete In #2
Ground/Open Discrete In #1
28V/Open Discrete In #3
N/C
ARINC-561-9 RX B
ARINC-561-9 RX A
ARINC-561-9 RX B
ARINC-561-9 RX A
Configuration Module
Configuration Module
28V/Open Discrete In #4
With Ref. To
J1-2, 3
J1-2, 3
J1-44
J1-26
J1-27
J1-18
J1-17
J1-17, 18
J1-33, 54
J1-63
J1-74
J1-74
J1-62
J1-15
J1-16
J1-29
J1-28
J1-36
J1-36
J1-50
33
0-5VAC/VDC Bezel
J1-20
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
RS-422 RX L #2
RS-422 RX H #2
Configuration Module
N/C
Return/Shield
Return
Ground/Open Discrete In
Configuration Module
0-5VDC VSYNC 1
28V/Open Discrete In #1
Lamps Return
J1-35
J1-34
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
J1-34, 35
J2-1
J1-36
J1-36
J1-112
J1-52
J1-14, 55
Notes
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Non-Configurable
Not Used for this Configuration
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
RS-422 TX #2 Shield
Non-Configurable
Not Used for this Configuration
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Data and address
Clock Signal
This Input can be either VAC or VDC and has
Overvoltage Protection.
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Digital Ground
Not Used for this Configuration
RS-422 RX #2 Shield
Internally Tied to A_GND
Reserved for Configuration and Installation
VCC +5VDC Power
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
34-20-02
Page 364
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
Plug P1 (Cont.)
MFD P/N 6402-33011-0X
Pin #
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
Characteristics
Return/Shield
RS-422 TX L #1
RS-422 TX H #1
Ground/Open Discrete In
N/C
Return
Return
Return
0-5VDC HSYNC 1
0-28V Remote Bezel Lamp Pwr
0-28V Remote Lamp Pwr
ARINC-708A-2 RX C #1
RS-422 RX L #1
RS-422 RX H #1
ARINC-429 RX B #6
ARINC-429 RX A #6
Return/Shield
Return
Return
Return
Ground/Open Discrete In #3
Return/Shield
67
Return/Shield
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
WXPD T Input
ARINC-708A-2 RX B #1
ARINC-708A-2 RX A #1
ARINC-429 TX A #2
ARINC-429 TX B #2
Return/Shield
Analog Ground
Analog Ground
Ground/Open Discrete In
Return
Ground/Open Discrete Out #7
Ground/Open Discrete In #4
WXPD L Input
WXPD H Input
ARINC-429 RX B #4
ARINC-429 RX A #4
Ground/Open Discrete In
Ground/Open Discrete In
Return/Shield
Return
Return
Ground/Open Discrete In #6
Ground/Open Discrete In #5
N/C
Analog Video Return
With Ref. To
J1-47, 46
J1-47
J1-46
J1-36
J1-32
J2-13
J1-43
J1-112
J1-20
J1-44
J1-69, 70
J1-58
J1-57
J1-60
J1-59
J1-24
J1-21
J2-44
J1-74
J1-57, 58
J1-56, 68, 69, 70,
80, 81
J1-81
J1-70
J1-69
J1-72
J1-71
J1-71,72
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
J1-36
J2-39
J1-74
J1-74
J1-81
J1-80
J1-83
J1-82
J1-36
J1-36
J2-16
J2-17
J1-74
J1-74
J1-93
Notes
RS-422 TX #1 Shield
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Reserved for Configuration and Installation
Not Used for this Configuration
Internally Tied to A_GND
Internally Tied to A_GND
Internally Tied to A_GND
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
ARINC-429 RX #6 Shield
Internally Tied to A_GND
Internally Tied to A_GND
Internally Tied to A_GND
RS-422 RX #1 Shield
ARINC-708A-2 RX Shield
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
ARINC-429 TX #2 Shield
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Reserved for Configuration
Internally Tied to A_GND
ARINC-708A-2 RX B
ARINC-708A-2 RX A
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Reserved for Configuration
Reserved for Configuration
ARINC-429 RX #4 Shield
Internally Tied to A_GND
Internally Tied to A_GND
Not Used for this Configuration
Video 2 GREEN Return
34-20-02
Page 365
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
Plug P1 (Cont.)
MFD P/N 6402-33011-0X
Pin #
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
Characteristics
Analog Video
ARINC-429 RX A #5
ARINC-429 RX B #5
Return/Shield
Return/Shield
N/C
N/C
Ground/Open Discrete Out #6
N/C
Shield/Chassis Ground
Analog Video Return
Analog Video
ARINC-429 TX A #1
Return/Shield
ARINC-429 RX A #2
Ground/Open Discrete Out #4
Ground/Open Discrete Out #5
N/C
Ground/Open Discrete In #7
Analog Video Return
Analog Video Return
Analog Video
ARINC-429 TX B #1
Return/Shield
Ground/Open Discrete In
ARINC-429 RX A #1
Analog Video Return
Analog Video Return
Analog Video
ARINC-429 RX B #2
ARINC-429 RX A #3
ARINC-429 RX B #3
ARINC-429 RX B #1
Return/Shield
Analog Video
Analog Video
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
With Ref. To
J1-92
J1-95
J1-94
Notes
Video 2 GREEN
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
ARINC-429 RX #5 Shield
ARINC-429 RX #2 Shield
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
J1-74
Not Used for this Configuration
J1-104
J2-103
J1-115
J1-105, 115
J1-122
J1-74
J1-74
Video 2 BLUE Return
Video 2 BLUE
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
ARINC-429 TX #1 Shield
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Not Used for this Configuration
J1-74
J1-121
J1-114
J2-113
J1-105
J1-74
J1-125
J1-127
J1-128
J1-112
J1-107
J1-124
J1-123
J1-118
J1-119
J1-120
Video 1 RED Return
Video 2 RED Return
Video 2 RED
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
ARINC-429 RX #3 Shield
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Video 1 GREEN Return
Video 1 BLUE Return
Video 1 RED
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
ARINC-429 RX #1 Shield
Video 1 GREEN
Video 1 BLUE
34-20-02
Page 366
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
(2)
Plug P2
MFD P/N 6402-33011-0X
Pin #
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
Characteristics
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
Return
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
0-28 VDC Analog
N/C
DC Current +/-10mA max Input
0-5VDC HSYNC 2
DC Current +/-5mA max Input
DC Current +/-5mA max Input
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
DC Voltage +/-10V max Input
N/C
N/C
N/C
DC Voltage +/-10V max Input
DC Current +/-1mA Input
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
With Ref. To
Notes
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-25
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-78
J1-113
J2-30
J2-29
Non-Configurable
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-40
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-36
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
34-20-02
Page 367
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
Plug P2 (Cont.)
MFD P/N 6402-33011-0X
Pin #
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
Characteristics
DC Current +/-1mA Input
26V Reference Return
DC Current +/-1mA Input
DC Current +/-1mA Input
DC Current +/-1mA Input
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
DC Current +/-1mA Input
DC Current +/-1mA Input
DC Current +/-1mA Input
26 VRMS, 400 Hz Reference
N/C
64
Synchro Input Z #3
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
DC Voltage +/-10V max Input
N/C
DC Voltage +/-10V max Input
N/C
75
Synchro Input X #3
76
77
78
79
N/C
N/C
DC Current +/-10 mA max Input
N/C
80
Synchro Input Y #1
81
82
83
84
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
85
Synchro Input Y #3
86
Synchro Input Y #6
87
88
89
N/C
N/C
N/C
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
With Ref. To
Notes
J2-62
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-49
J2-75, 85
Firmware Ref to
J2-93
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Not Used for this Configuration
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-73
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-71
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-64, 85
Firmware Ref to
J2-93
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-27
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-90, 113
Firmware Ref to
J2-93
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-64, 75
Firmware Ref to
J2-93
J2-105, 124
Firmware Ref to
J2-107
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
34-20-02
Page 368
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
Plug P2 (Cont.)
MFD P/N 6402-33011-0X
Pin #
Characteristics
90
Synchro Input X #1
91
Synchro Input X #4
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
26 V Reference Return
26 VRMS 400 Hz Reference
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
101 Synchro Input Y #2
102 Return
103 N/C
104 N/C
105 Synchro Input Z #6
106
107
108
109
26 V Reference Return
26 VRMS, 400 Hz Reference
0-5VDC VSYNC 2
N/C
110 Synchro Input Z #4
111 Synchro Input Y #4
112 Synchro Input Z #5
113 Synchro Input Z #1
114 Synchro Input Z #2
With Ref. To
J2-80, 113
Firmware Ref to
J2-93
J2-111, 110
Firmware Ref to
J2-107
J2-93
J2-92
J2-114, 118
Firmware Ref to
J2-93
J2-21
J2-86, 124
Firmware Ref to
J2-107
J2-107
J2-106
J1-113
J2-91, 111
Firmware Ref to
J2-107
J2-91, 110
Firmware Ref to
J2-107
J2-127, 128
Firmware Ref to
J2-107
J2-80, 90
Firmware Ref to
J2-93
J2-101, 118
Firmware Ref to
J2-93
115 N/C
116 N/C
117 N/C
118 Synchro Input X #2
119
120
121
122
123
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
Notes
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
For Synchro Input #1, #2 and #3
For Synchro Input #1, #2 and #3
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
Internally Tied to A_GND
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
For Synchro Input #4, #5 and #6
For Synchro Input #4, #5 and #6
Non-Configurable
Not Used for this Configuration
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-101, 114
Firmware Ref to
J2-93
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
34-20-02
Page 369
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
Plug P2 (Cont.)
MFD P/N 6402-33011-0X
Pin #
Characteristics
124 Synchro Input X #6
With Ref. To
J2-86, 105
Firmware Ref to
J2-107
125 N/C
126 N/C
127 Synchro Input X #5
128 Synchro Input Y #5
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
Notes
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-112, 128
Firmware Ref to
J2-107
J2-112, 127
Firmware Ref to
J2-107
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
34-20-02
Page 370
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
G.
MFD Part Number 6402-43011-0X
CAUTION: IT IS THE INSTALLERS RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN
NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED BY OTHER THAN
UNIVERSAL AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION.
(1)
Plug P1
MFD P/N 6402-43011-0X
Pin #
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
Characteristics
Chassis Ground
+28VDC Return
+28VDC Return
Chassis Ground
+28VDC Power
+28VDC Power
Chassis Ground
N/C
Chassis Ground
Chassis Ground
Chassis Ground
Chassis Ground
Chassis Ground
0-5 VAC LAMPS
ARINC-561-9 RX A
ARINC-561-9 RX B
RS-422 TX H #2
RS-422 TX L #2
Return/Shield
Bezel Return
28V/Open Discrete In #2
Ground/Open Discrete In #2
Ground/Open Discrete In #1
28V/Open Discrete In #3
N/C
ARINC-561-9 RX B
ARINC-561-9 RX A
ARINC-561-9 RX B
ARINC-561-9 RX A
Configuration Module
Configuration Module
28V/Open Discrete In #4
With Ref. To
J1-2, 3
J1-2, 3
J1-44
J1-26
J1-27
J1-18
J1-17
J1-17, 18
J1-33, 54
J1-63
J1-74
J1-74
J1-62
J1-15
J1-16
J1-29
J1-28
J1-36
J1-36
J1-50
33
0-5VAC/VDC Bezel
J1-20
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
RS-422 RX L #2
RS-422 RX H #2
Configuration Module
N/C
Return/Shield
Return
Ground/Open Discrete In
Configuration Module
0-5VDC VSYNC 1
28V/Open Discrete In #1
Lamps Return
J1-35
J1-34
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
J1-34, 35
J2-1
J1-36
J1-36
J1-36
J1-52
J1-14, 55
Notes
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Non-Configurable
Not Used for this Configuration
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
RS-422 TX #2 Shield
Non-Configurable
Not Used for this Configuration
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Data and address
Clock Signal
This Input can be either VAC or VDC and has
Overvoltage Protection.
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Digital Ground
Not Used for this Configuration
RS-422 RX #2 Shield
Internally Tied to A_GND
Reserved for Configuration and Installation
Vcc +5VDC Power
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
34-20-02
Page 371
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
Plug P1 (Cont.)
MFD P/N 6402-43011-0X
Pin #
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
Characteristics
Return/Shield
RS-422 TX L #1
RS-422 TX H #1
Ground/Open Discrete In
N/C
Return
Return
Return
0-5VDC HSYNC 1
0-28V Remote Bezel Lamp Pwr
0-28V Remote Lamp Pwr
ARINC-708A-2 RX C #1
RS-422 RX L #1
RS-422 RX H #1
ARINC-429 RX B #6
ARINC-429 RX A #6
Return/Shield
Return
Return
Return
Ground/Open Discrete In #3
Return/Shield
67
Return/Shield
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
ARINC-708A-2 RX C #2
ARINC-708A-2 RX B #1
ARINC-708A-2 RX A #1
ARINC-429 TX A #2
ARINC-429 TX B #2
Return/Shield
Analog Ground
Analog Ground
Ground/Open Discrete In
Return
Ground/Open Discrete Out #7
Ground/Open Discrete In #4
ARINC-708A-2 RX B #2
ARINC-708A-2 RX A #2
ARINC-429 RX B #4
ARINC-429 RX A #4
Ground/Open Discrete In
Ground/Open Discrete In
Return/Shield
Return
Return
Ground/Open Discrete In #6
Ground/Open Discrete In #5
N/C
Analog Video Return
With Ref. To
J1-47, 46
J1-47
J1-46
J1-36
J1-32
J2-13
J1-43
J1-112
J1-20
J1-44
J1-69, 70
J1-58
J1-57
J1-60
J1-59
J1-24
J1-21
J2-44
J1-74
J1-57, 58
J1-56, 68, 69, 70,
80, 81
J1-80, 81
J1-70
J1-69
J1-72
J1-71
J1-71,72
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
J1-36
J2-39
J1-74
J1-74
J1-81
J1-80
J1-83
J1-82
J1-36
J1-36
J2-16
J2-17
J1-74
J1-74
J1-93
Notes
RS-422 TX #1 Shield
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Reserved for Configuration and Installation
Not Used for this Configuration
Internally Tied to A_GND
Internally Tied to A_GND
Internally Tied to A_GND
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
ARINC-429 RX #6 Shield
Internally Tied to A_GND
Internally Tied to A_GND
Internally Tied to A_GND
RS-422 RX #1 Shield
ARINC-708A-2 RX Shield
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
ARINC-429 TX #2 Shield
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Reserved for Configuration and Installation
Internally Tied to A_GND
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Reserved for Configuration and Installation
Reserved for Configuration and Installation
ARINC-429 RX #4 Shield
Internally Tied to A_GND
Internally Tied to A_GND
Not Used for this Configuration
Video 2 GREEN Return
34-20-02
Page 372
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
Plug P1 (Cont.)
MFD P/N 6402-43011-0X
Pin #
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
Characteristics
Analog Video
ARINC-429 RX A #5
ARINC-429 RX B #5
Return/Shield
Return/Shield
N/C
N/C
Ground/Open Discrete Out #6
N/C
Shield/Chassis Ground
Analog Video Return
Analog Video
ARINC-429 TX A #1
Return/Shield
ARINC-429 RX A #2
Ground/Open Discrete Out #4
Ground/Open Discrete Out #5
N/C
Ground/Open Discrete In #7
Analog Video Return
Analog Video Return
Analog Video
ARINC-429 TX B #1
Return/Shield
Ground/Open Discrete In #8
ARINC-429 RX A #1
Analog Video Return
Analog Video Return
Analog Video
ARINC-429 RX B #2
ARINC-429 RX A #3
ARINC-429 RX B #3
ARINC-429 RX B #1
Return/Shield
Analog Video
Analog Video
With Ref. To
J1-92
J1-95
J1-94
Notes
Video 2 GREEN
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
ARINC-429 RX #5 Shield
ARINC-429 RX #2 Shield
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
J1-74
Not Used for this Configuration
J1-121, 127, 128
J1-104
J2-103
J1-115
J1-105, 115
J1-122
J1-74
J1-74
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
Video 2 BLUE Return
Video 2 BLUE
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
ARINC-429 TX #1 Shield
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Not Used for this Configuration
J1-74
J1-121
J1-114
J2-113
J1-105
J1-74
J1-125
J1-127
J1-128
J1-112
J1-107
J1-124
J1-123
J1-118
J1-119
J1-120
Video 1 RED Return
Video 2 RED Return
Video 2 RED
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
ARINC-429 RX #3 Shield
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Video 1 GREEN Return
Video 1 BLUE Return
Video 1 RED
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
ARINC-429 RX #1 Shield
Video 1 GREEN
Video 1 BLUE
34-20-02
Page 373
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
(2)
Plug P2
MFD P/N 6402-43011-0X
Pin #
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
Characteristics
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
Return
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
0-28 VDC Analog
N/C
DC Current +/-10mA max Input
0-5VDC HSYNC 2
DC Current +/-5mA max Input
DC Current +/-5mA max Input
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
DC Voltage +/-10V max Input
N/C
N/C
N/C
DC Voltage +/-10V max Input
DC Current +/-1mA Input
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
With Ref. To
Notes
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-25
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-78
J1-113
J2-30
J2-29
Non-Configurable
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-40
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-36
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
34-20-02
Page 374
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
Plug P2 (Cont.)
MFD P/N 6402-43011-0X
Pin #
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
Characteristics
DC Current +/-1mA Input
26V Reference Return
DC Current +/-1mA Input
DC Current +/-1mA Input
DC Current +/-1mA Input
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
DC Current +/-1mA Input
DC Current +/-1mA Input
DC Current +/-1mA Input
26 VRMS, 400 Hz Reference
N/C
64
Synchro Input Z #3
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
DC Voltage +/-10V max Input
N/C
DC Voltage +/-10V max Input
N/C
75
Synchro Input X #3
76
77
78
79
N/C
N/C
DC Current +/-10 mA max Input
N/C
80
Synchro Input Y #1
81
82
83
84
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
85
Synchro Input Y #3
86
Synchro Input Z #6
87
88
89
N/C
N/C
N/C
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
With Ref. To
Notes
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-49
J2-75, 85
Firmware Ref to
J2-93
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Not Used for this Configuration
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-73
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-71
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-64, 85
Firmware Ref to
J2-93
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-27
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-90, 113
Firmware Ref to
J2-93
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-64, 75
Firmware Ref to
J2-93
J2-105, 124
Firmware Ref to
J2-107
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
34-20-02
Page 375
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
Plug P2 (Cont.)
MFD P/N 6402-43011-0X
Pin #
Characteristics
90
Synchro Input X #1
91
Synchro Input X #4
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
26 V Reference Return
26 VRMS, 400 Hz Reference
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
101 Synchro Input Y #2
102 Return
103 N/C
104 N/C
105 Synchro Input Z #6
106
107
108
109
26 V Reference Return
26 VRMS, 400 Hz Reference
0-5VDC VSYNC 2
N/C
110 Synchro Input Z #4
111 Synchro Input Y #4
112 Synchro Input Z #5
113 Synchro Input Z #1
114 Synchro Input Z #2
With Ref. To
J2-80, 113
Firmware Ref to
J2-93
J2-111, 110
Firmware Ref to
J2-107
J2-93
J2-92
J2-114, 118
Firmware Ref to
J2-93
J2-21
J2-86, 124
Firmware Ref to
J2-107
J2-107
J2-106
J1-113
J2-91, 111
Firmware Ref to
J2-107
J2-91, 110
Firmware Ref to
J2-107
J2-127, 128
Firmware Ref to
J2-107
J2-80, 90
Firmware Ref to
J2-93
J2-101, 118
Firmware Ref to
J2-93
115 N/C
116 N/C
117 N/C
118 Synchro Input X #2
119
120
121
122
123
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
Notes
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
For Synchro Input #1, #2 and #3
For Synchro Input #1, #2 and #3
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
Internally Tied to A_GND
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
For Synchro Input #4, #5 and #6
For Synchro Input #4, #5 and #6
Non-Configurable
Not Used for this Configuration
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-101, 114
Firmware Ref to
J2-93
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
34-20-02
Page 376
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
Plug P2 (Cont.)
MFD P/N 6402-43011-0X
Pin #
Characteristics
124 Synchro Input X #6
With Ref. To
J2-86, 105
Firmware Ref to
J2-107
125 N/C
126 N/C
127 Synchro Input X #5
128 Synchro Input Y #5
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
Notes
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-112, 128
Firmware Ref to
J2-107
J2-112, 127
Firmware Ref to
J2-107
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
34-20-02
Page 377
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
H.
MFD Part Number 6402-44011-0X
CAUTION: IT IS THE INSTALLERS RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN
NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED BY OTHER THAN
UNIVERSAL AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION.
(1)
Plug P1
MFD P/N 6402-44011-0X
Pin #
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
Characteristics
Chassis Ground
+28VDC Return
+28VDC Return
Chassis Ground
+28VDC Power
+28VDC Power
Chassis Ground
N/C
Chassis Ground
Chassis Ground
Chassis Ground
Chassis Ground
Chassis Ground
0-5 VAC LAMPS Return
ARINC-561-9 RX A
ARINC-561-9 RX B
RS-422 TX H #2
RS-422 TX L #2
Return/Shield
Bezel Return
28V/Open Discrete In #2
Ground/Open Discrete In #2
Ground/Open Discrete In #1
28V/Open Discrete In #3
N/C
ARINC-561-9 RX B
ARINC-561-9 RX A
ARINC-561-9 RX B
ARINC-561-9 RX A
Configuration Module
Configuration Module
28V/Open Discrete In #4
With Ref. To
J1-2, 3
J1-2, 3
J1-44
J1-26
J1-27
J1-18
J1-17
J1-17, 18
J1-33, 54
J1-63
J1-74
J1-74
J1-62
J1-15
J1-16
J1-29
J1-28
J1-36
J1-36
J1-50
33
0-5VAC/VDC Bezel
J1-20
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
RS-422 RX L #2
RS-422 RX H #2
Configuration Module
N/C
Return/Shield
Return
Ground/Open Discrete In
Configuration Module
0-5VDC RDR-1E Video 1 Trigger
28V/Open Discrete In #1
Lamps Return
J1-35
J1-34
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
J1-34, 35
J2-1
J1-36
J1-36
J1-112
J1-52
J1-14, 55
Notes
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Non-Configurable
Not Used for this Configuration
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
RS-422 TX #2 Shield
Non-Configurable
Not Used for this Configuration
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Data and address
Clock Signal
This Input can be either VAC or VDC and has
Overvoltage Protection.
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Digital Ground
Not Used for this Configuration
RS-422 RX #2 Shield
Internally Tied to A_GND
Reserved for Configuration and Installation
Vcc +5VDC Power
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
34-20-02
Page 378
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
Plug P1 (Cont.)
MFD P/N 6402-44011-0X
Pin #
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
Characteristics
Return/Shield
RS-422 TX L #1
RS-422 TX H #1
Ground/Open Discrete In
N/C
Return
Return
Return
0-5VDC RDR-1F Video 1 Trigger
0-28V Remote Bezel Lamp Pwr
0-28V Remote Lamp Pwr
ARINC-708A-2 RX C #1
RS-422 RX L #1
RS-422 RX H #1
ARINC-429 RX B #6
ARINC-429 RX A #6
Return/Shield
Return
Return
Return
Ground/Open Discrete In #3
Return/Shield
67
Return/Shield
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
ARINC-708A-2 RX C #2
ARINC-708A-2 RX B #1
ARINC-708A-2 RX A #1
ARINC-429 TX A #2
ARINC-429 TX B #2
Return/Shield
Analog Ground
Analog Ground
Ground/Open Discrete In
Return
Ground/Open Discrete Out #7
Ground/Open Discrete In #4
ARINC-708A-2 RX B #2
ARINC-708A-2 RX A #2
ARINC-429 RX B #4
ARINC-429 RX A #4
Ground/Open Discrete In
Ground/Open Discrete In
Return/Shield
Return
Return
Ground/Open Discrete In #6
Ground/Open Discrete In #5
N/C
Analog Video Return
With Ref. To
J1-47, 46
J1-47
J1-46
J1-36
J1-32
J2-13
J1-43
J1-112
J1-20
J1-44
J1-69, 70
J1-58
J1-57
J1-60
J1-59
J1-24
J1-21
J2-44
J1-74
J1-57, 58
J1-56, 68, 69, 70,
80, 81
J1-80, 81
J1-70
J1-69
J1-72
J1-71
J1-71,72
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
J1-36
J2-39
J1-74
J1-74
J1-81
J1-80
J1-83
J1-82
J1-36
J1-36
J2-16
J2-17
J1-74
J1-74
J1-93
Notes
RS-422 TX #1 Shield
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Reserved for Configuration and Installation
Not Used for this Configuration
Internally Tied to A_GND
Internally Tied to A_GND
Internally Tied to A_GND
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
ARINC-429 RX #6 Shield
Internally Tied to A_GND
Internally Tied to A_GND
Internally Tied to A_GND
RS-422 RX #1 Shield
ARINC-708A-2 RX Shield
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
ARINC-429 TX #2 Shield
Non-Configurable
Non-Configurable
Reserved for Configuration and Installation
Internally Tied to A_GND
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Reserved for Configuration and Installation
Reserved for Configuration and Installation
ARINC-429 RX #4 Shield
Internally Tied to A_GND
Internally Tied to A_GND
Not Used for this Configuration
Video 2 GREEN Return
34-20-02
Page 379
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
Plug P1 (Cont.)
MFD P/N 6402-44011-0X
Pin #
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
Characteristics
Analog Video
ARINC-429 RX A #5
ARINC-429 RX B #5
Return/Shield
Return/Shield
N/C
N/C
Ground/Open Discrete Out #6
N/C
N/C
Analog Video Return
Analog Video
ARINC-429 TX A #1
Return/Shield
ARINC-429 RX A #2
Ground/Open Discrete Out #4
Ground/Open Discrete Out #5
N/C
Ground/Open Discrete In #7
D-GND, Video 1 RTN
Analog Video Return
Analog Video
ARINC-429 TX B #1
Return/Shield
Ground/Open Discrete In #8
ARINC-429 RX A #1
RDR-1F Video 1 Return
RDR-1E Video 1 Return
N/C
ARINC-429 RX B #2
ARINC-429 RX A #3
ARINC-429 RX B #3
ARINC-429 RX B #1
Return/Shield
0-4.5VDC RDR-1F Video 1
127
Radar Signal
-0.5-3.5VDC RDR-1E Video 1
128
Radar Signal
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
With Ref. To
J1-92
J1-95
J1-94
Notes
Video 2 GREEN
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
ARINC-429 RX #5 Shield
ARINC-429 RX #2 Shield
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
J1-74
J1-104
J2-103
J1-115
J1-105, 115
J1-122
J1-74
J1-74
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Video 2 BLUE Return
Video 2 BLUE
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
ARINC-429 TX #1 Shield
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Not Used for this Configuration
J1-74
J1-114
J2-113
J1-105
J1-74
J1-125
J1-127
J1-128
J1-107
J1-124
J1-123
J1-118
Non-Configurable, RDR Trigger RTN
Video 2 RED Return
Video 2 RED
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
ARINC-429 RX #3 Shield
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Analog Video
Analog Video
Not Used for this Configuration
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
ARINC-429 RX #1 Shield
J1-119
Non-Configurable
J1-120
Non-Configurable
34-20-02
Page 380
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
(2)
Plug P2
MFD P/N 6402-44011-0X
Pin #
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
Characteristics
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
Return
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
0-28 VDC Analog
N/C
DC Current +/-10mA max Input
0-5VDC HSYNC 2
DC Current +/-5mA max Input
DC Current +/-5mA max Input
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
DC Voltage +/-10V max Input
N/C
N/C
N/C
DC Voltage +/-10V max Input
DC Current +/-1mA Input
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
With Ref. To
Notes
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-25
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-78
J1-113
J2-30
J2-29
Non-Configurable
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-40
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-36
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
34-20-02
Page 381
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
Plug P2 (Cont.)
MFD P/N 6402-44011-0X
Pin #
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
Characteristics
DC Current +/-1mA Input
26V Reference Return
DC Current +/-1mA Input
DC Current +/-1mA Input
DC Current +/-1mA Input
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
DC Current +/-1mA Input
DC Current +/-1mA Input
DC Current +/-1mA Input
26 VRMS 400, Hz Reference
N/C
64
Synchro Input Z #3
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
DC Voltage +/-10V max Input
N/C
DC Voltage +/-10V max Input
N/C
75
Synchro Input X #3
76
77
78
79
N/C
N/C
DC Current +/-10 mA max Input
N/C
80
Synchro Input Y #1
81
82
83
84
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
85
Synchro Input Y #3
86
Synchro Input Y #6
87
88
89
N/C
N/C
N/C
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
With Ref. To
Notes
J2-62
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-49
J2-75, 85
Firmware Ref. to
J2-93
Refer to Equipment Specification Section
Not Used for this Configuration
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-73
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-71
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-64, 85
Firmware Ref. to
J2-93
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-27
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-90, 113
Firmware Ref. to
J2-93
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-64, 75
Firmware Ref. to
J2-93
J2-105, 124
Firmware Ref. to
J2-107
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
34-20-02
Page 382
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
Plug P2 (Cont.)
MFD P/N 6402-44011-0X
Pin #
Characteristics
90
Synchro Input X #1
91
Synchro Input X #4
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
26 V Reference Return
26 VRMS, 400 Hz Reference
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
101 Synchro Input Y #2
102 Return
103 N/C
104 N/C
105 Synchro Input Z #6
106
107
108
109
26 V Reference Return
26 VRMS 400 Hz Reference
0-5VDC VSYNC 2
N/C
110 Synchro Input Z #4
111 Synchro Input Y #4
112 Synchro Input Z #5
113 Synchro Input Z #1
114 Synchro Input Z #2
115 N/C
116 N/C
117 N/C
118 Synchro Input X #2
119
120
121
122
123
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
With Ref. To
Notes
J2-80, 113
Firmware Ref. to 0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
J2-93
J2-111, 110
Firmware Ref. to 0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
J2-107
J2-93
For Synchro Input #1, #2 and #3
J2-92
For Synchro Input #1, #2 and #3
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-114, 118
Firmware Ref. to 0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
J2-93
J2-21
Internally Tied to A_GND
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-86, 124
Firmware Ref. to 0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
J2-107
J2-107
For Synchro Input #4, #5 and #6
J2-106
For Synchro Input #4, #5 and #6
J1-113
Non-Configurable
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-91, 111
Firmware Ref. to 0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
J2-107
J2-91, 110
Firmware Ref. to 0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
J2-107
J2-127, 128
Firmware Ref. to 0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
J2-107
J2-80, 90
Firmware Ref. to 0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
J2-93
J2-101, 118
Firmware Ref. to 0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
J2-93
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-101, 114
Firmware Ref. to 0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
J2-93
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
34-20-02
Page 383
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
Plug P2 (Cont.)
MFD P/N 6402-44011-0X
Pin #
Characteristics
124 Synchro Input X #6
With Ref. To
J2-86, 105
Firmware Ref. to
J2-107
125 N/C
126 N/C
127 Synchro Input X #5
128 Synchro Input Y #5
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
Notes
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
Not Used for this Configuration
Not Used for this Configuration
J2-112, 128
Firmware Ref. to
J2-107
J2-112, 127
Firmware Ref. to
J2-107
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
0 to 11.8 VRMS, 400 Hz
34-20-02
Page 384
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
I.
RP-1008 Radar Control Panel
(1)
Connector P1 - P/N 1008-01-X (Primus 400)
PIN
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
K
L
M
N
P
R
S
T
U
V
W
(2)
FUNCTION
AZ DRIVE A
STATOR OUT RETURN
STATOR OUT X
RESOLVER IN R1
RESOLVER IN R2
SHIELD GROUND
N/C
AZ DRIVE B
AZ DRIVE B RETURN
SHIELD GROUND
TILT POTENTIOMETER HI
PANEL LAMP HI 28V AIRCRAFT
TILT POTENTIOMETER ARM
TEST
+23 VDC REFERENCE
RESERVED
RESERVED
INDICATOR GROUND
28 VDC OFF
STC OFF
PIN
X
Y
Z
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
m
n
p
q
r
FUNCTION
GAIN CONTROL
MANUAL GAIN
SHIELD GROUND
PULSE WIDTH CONTROL
RADAR VIDEO
SHIELD GROUND
TRIGGER
SHIELD GROUND
SPARE
SPARE
TILT POTENTIOMETER LO
115 VDC (NOT USED)
STABILIZATION OFF
RESERVED
RESERVED
PANEL LAMP HI 5 V AC/DC
RESERVED
+ 28 VDC FILTERED REFERENCE
PANEL LAMP RETURN
Connector P1 - P/N 1008-02-X (Collins WXR 250/270/300)
PIN
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
FUNCTION
-6 DB GAIN
-12 DB GAIN
-18 DB GAIN
-24 DB GAIN
RT FAULT
VIDEO 2
VIDEO 3
SUPPLY (NOT USED)
PIN
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
9
SUPPLY (NOT USED)
34
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
PRF CLOCK (120 hz, 4.13ms PW)
VIDEO 1
SUPPLY (NOT USED)
STC ENABLE
TEST
PAC ALERT
SUPPLY (NOT USED)
MOD TIMING (120 hz, 12.4us PW)
CONTROL COMMON (ON/STBY)
CYC STRAP (NOT USED)
STRAP GROUND (NOT USED)
DIAGNOSTIC ENABLE (NOT USED)
VIDEO 4
SPARE
INDICATOR (RP COMMON)
SPARE
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
FUNCTION
SPARE
PRF CLK SHLD (SOME INSTALLATIONS)
ØA SHLD (SOME INSTALLATIONS)
SPARE
ØB SHLD (SOME INSTALLATIONS)
INDICATOR (RP) COMMON
MOD TIMING SHLD (SOME INSTALL.)
SPARE
5V – 28V LIGHTING CONVERTER
OUT(NOT USED)
5V LIGHTING IN
28 VDC LIGHTING IN
LIGHTING COMMON
RT ON
RT STANDBY
STAB DISABLE
SWITCHED POWER (NOT USED)
TILT HI
SPARE
TILT LO (TILT AC REF)
ØA 60 HZ SQUARE WAVE
L/S (PW CONTROL)
TILT CONTROL
ØB 30 HZ SQUARE WAVE
SUPPLY (NOT USED)
SUPPLY (NOT USED)
34-20-02
Page 385
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
(3)
Connector P1 - P/N 1008-03-X (Primus 300SL)
PIN
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
K
L
M
N
P
R
S
T
U
V
W
(4)
FUNCTION
AZ DRIVE A
RESERVED
RESERVED
PITCH GAIN
ROLL GAIN
SHIELD GROUND
RESERVED
AZ DRIVE B
RESERVED
SHIELD GROUND
RESERVED
PANEL LAMP HI 28V AIRCRAFT
TILT POTENTIOMETER ARM
RANGE 0
TILT POTENTIOMETER HI
RANGE 1
TILT POTENTIOMETER LO
INDICATOR GROUND
RANGE 2
VIDEO 1 (N)
PIN
X
Y
Z
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
m
n
p
q
r
FUNCTION
VIDEO 0 (N)
MANUAL GAIN
SHIELD GROUND
TEST
CALIBRATED GAIN CONTROL
SHIELD GROUND
TRIGGER
SHIELD GROUND
VIDEO 0 (P)
+28 VDC R-T OFF
GAIN RETURN
115 VDC (NOT USED)
STABILIZATION OFF
RESERVED
RESERVED
5V PANEL LAMP HI 5V AC/DC
VIDEO 1 (P)
STC OFF
PANEL LAMP RETURN
Connector P2 - P/N 1008-01-X and 1008-03-X (Primus 300SL and 400)
PIN
DESCRIPTION
A
28 VDC AIRCRAFT POWER
B
N/C
C
N/C
D
AIRCRAFT POWER RETURN
E
N/C
F
AIRCRAFT POWER RETURN
G
ARINC 429 RX A
H
ARINC 429 RX B
J
ARINC 429 TX A
K
ARINC 429 TX B
L
N/C
M
ARINC 708 TX A
N
ARINC 708 TX C
P
ARINC 708 TX B
R
N/C
S
N/C
T
RS-232
U
RS-232
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 386
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
(5)
Connector P2 – P/N 1008-02-X (Collins WXR-250/270/300)
PIN
28VDC AIRCRAFT POWER
2
N/C
3
RS-232 TX
4
ARINC-429 TX A
5
ARINC-429 TX B
6
N/C
7
ARINC-708 COMMON
8
ARINC-708 TX B
9
28VDC AIRCRAFT POWER RETURN
10
RS-232 GROUND
11
RS-232 RX
12
ARINC-429 RX A
13
ARINC-429 RX B
14
N/C
15
SHELL
J.
DESCRIPTION
1
ARINC-708 TX A
SHIELD (ARINC-429 TX, RX)
Video Interface Unit (VIU)
(1)
J1/J2 Video Input 0 and 1
Pin #
Signal Input Types
1
RGBS or VGA Red
S-Video Y or S-Video C
Composite
2
RGBS or VGA Green
S-Video Y or S-Video C
Composite
3
RGBS or VGA Blue
S-Video Y or S-Video C
Composite
4
RGBS Sync or VGA H-Sync
5
RGBS Sync or VGA V-Sync
NOTES:
1. Pins 1, 2 and 3 can be used to switch any video format.
2. Pins 4 and 5 are reserved for VGA Horizontal and Vertical Sync or one RGBS Sync.
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 387
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
(2)
J4/J5 Video Output 0 and 1
Pin #
Signal Output Types
1
RGBS or VGA Red
S-Video Y or S-Video C
Composite
2
RGBS or VGA Green
S-Video Y or S-Video C
Composite
3
RGBS or VGA Blue
S-Video Y or S-Video C
Composite
4
RGBS Sync or VGA H-Sync
5
RGBS Sync or VGA V-Sync
NOTES:
(3)
1. Pins 1, 2 and 3 can be used to switch any video format.
2. Pins 4 and 5 are reserved for VGA Horizontal and Vertical Sync or one RGBS Sync.
J3 Control/Power
Pin #
Signal
Pin #
Signal
1
+28V DC
6
Spare
2
+28V DC Return
7
Spare
3
Video Select
8
Spare
4
Video Select Return
9
Spare
5
Chassis Ground
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 388
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
System Data Installation
System data installation and system configuration instructions are contained in the
Multi-Function Display Configuration Manual.
Applicable SCN
SCN 1011.0.X
SCN 1011.1.X
SCN 1011.3.X
SCN 1011.4.0 / 1 / 2 / 3
SCN 1011.4.4
SCN 1011.4.5
SCN 1011.4.6
SCN 1011.4.7
SCN 1011.4.8
SCN 1011.5.0
SCN 1011.5.1
SCN 1011.5.2
SCN 1011.5.3
SCN 1011.5.4
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
Configuration Manual Report Number
34-21-01
34-21-01
34-21-01
34-21-01
34-21-01
34-21-01
34-21-01
34-21-01
34-21-01
34-21-01
34-21-02
34-21-03
34-21-04
34-21-05
34-20-02
Page 401
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
Checkout Procedures
1.
Introduction
The following describes the test procedures for the UASC MFD-640 Multi-Function Display
and RP-1008 Radar Control Panel. The procedures and requirements in this document assure
that the Multi-Function Display system is properly installed, configured and ready for
operation.
The MFD can interface with the Weather Radar, FMS, TCAS, TAWS and aircraft navigation
systems, but may not do so in all installations because of configuration or equipment type.
Refer to configuration worksheets and aircraft wiring diagrams to determine what systems
the MFD is interfaced with for the aircraft under test.
2.
Post-Installation Checkout Procedures
The MFD is designed to interface with the Weather Radar, FMS, TCAS, TAWS and
navigation systems. These systems must be operational in order to test the MFD. Disregard
portions of these checkout procedures that do not apply to your particular installation
A.
Initial Checkout
(1)
Engage the MFD circuit breaker and verify the following power on defaults on the
MFD:
NAV – ON
TRAF – OFF
EXT – OFF
WX – ON
ARC/360 – ARC
(2)
Verify the proper display of heading if configured.
(3)
During power up and throughout the normal operation of the MFD a different
annunciations are displayed to notify the operator of a malfunction. They are as
follows:
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 501
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
Critical Malfunction
During power-up and throughout the normal operation of the MFD, a built-in-test
(BIT) is continually performed monitoring the operation of the MFD. If a critical
malfunction is monitored, a red box and the annunciation DISPLAY FAIL is
displayed as shown in the following illustration. The MFD will continue to operate.
The MFD should be repaired as soon as possible.
CRITICAL DISPLAY FAIL
DISPLAY FAIL
RANGE
20 NM
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 502
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
Non-critical Malfunction

SCN 1011.3.X and Earlier
If a non-critical malfunction occurs, the FAULT LOG box is displayed on the
Hardware Status Page and the Video Display Test page when the TEST key is
pressed as shown in the following illustration.

SCN 1011.4.0 and Later
If a non-critical malfunction occurs using this software version, FAULT LOG is not
displayed. A FAULT LOG failure message is only generated on the Hardware Status
Page as illustrated later in this section.
NON-CRITICAL DISPLAY FAIL SCN 1011.3.X
AND EARLIER SCN VERSIONS
FAULT
LOG
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
BLUE
GREEN
WHITE
RED
34-20-02
Page 503
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
B.
Video Display Checkout
NOTE:
On software releases prior to SCN 1011.3.0, video display tests can only be
performed while the aircraft is in flight. On SCN 1011.3.0 and later, the
weight on wheel switch has no affect on the video display test and can be
performed in-flight or on the ground.
(1)
This step is only applicable to those MFDs that have SCN prior to 1011.3.0. Place
weight-on-wheel (WOW) switch into a position to simulate aircraft in-flight.
(2)
Press and hold the TEST key on the upper left corner of the MFD bezel. This will
display a video test pattern. Examples of an unsatisfactory test pattern are:




Blank video or absence of test pattern
Blurred text
Distorted quadrant borders
Asymmetrical quadrant areas
VIDEO DISPLAY TEST PATTERN
BLUE
GREEN
WHITE
RED
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 504
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
C.
Initiated Built-In-Test (BIT)
Initiated BIT provides a thorough hardware check of the MFD, which includes memory and
lamp testing.
NOTE:
Initiated Built-In-Test (BIT) can only be operated while on the ground with
the weight-on-wheels switch providing a ground to the configured weight-onwheels discrete.
NOTE:
All software versions support Initiated BIT.
NOTE:
The data displayed will differ slightly depending on the software and
configuration of the MFD.
(1)
To initiate BIT, simultaneously press and hold the DIM – key and the TEST key for
more than one second but less than five seconds. During this time, the Video Display
Test will display. Simultaneously release the DIM – and TEST keys. The hardware
status page will appear as illustrated below when the keys are released.
(2)
The test display will last for approximately five seconds. The display then changes to
an all white screen.
While viewing the white screen, the display will flicker and the intensity will change.
This is a sequence of half-filled white pixels for pixel and memory testing. Then there
is a sequence of all filled white pixels for pixel and memory testing.
(3)
The display will return to normal after approximately five seconds.
(4)
If a non-critical fault results from this BIT check, the fault will be logged into the
Fault Log. FAULT LOG will appear in the upper right corner of the display when
the TEST key is pressed to view the Video Display Test.
(5)
If a critical failure results from this BIT check, DISPLAY FAIL will be displayed at
the top center of the display.
HARDWARE STATUS PAGE
FAULT
LOG
TEST
SCN 1011. 3. 0 COPYRIGHT (C) 2000
UNIVERSAL AVIONICS SYSTEM CORPORATION
INSTRUMENT DIVISION
SERIAL NUMBER 00001001
MAIN OFP : E948
BOOT OFP : 9898
CFG MDL : 26
VP2 DSP
SYSLOG FPGA : F7C5
PCICTL FPGA : 72A4
VP2 VID: 927B
VP2 DIG: FB1B
CFG : 00000
TEMP : 44 C
LTEMP : 44 C
HTEMP : 44 C
ETI :
522 : 47 : 28
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
LAMP : 69%
FIL : 78%
VDC : 25.2
FAN : 31%
34-20-02
Page 505
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
D.
Display of Heading and Navigation Systems Checkout
NOTE:
E.
Refer to manufacturer’s Heading and Navigation Systems operating
instructions for information about testing and display of each particular
navigation system utilized.
(1)
Apply power to the navigation and heading systems to be displayed and tested.
(2)
Press NAV on the MFD and perform an operational checkout of the displayed
navigation system.
(3)
Press the MENU key on the MFD and verify that the drop-down menu is displayed.
Using the up/down arrows on the MFD, highlight a navigation system to display.
Press SEL to display system data.
MFD Display of Radar Using an RP-1008 Radar Control Panel
(P/N 1008-01-X and 1008-03-X) used with Primus 90, 300SL and 400 Radar
Systems.
WARNING: If the radar system is to be operated in any mode other than STBY or
TEST while the aircraft is on the ground:
DIRECT NOSE OF AIRCRAFT SUCH THAT THE ANTENNA SCAN
SECTOR IS FREE OF LARGE METALLIC OBJECTS SUCH AS
HANGARS OR OTHER AIRCRAFT FOR A DISTANCE OF 100 FEET
(30 METERS) AND TILT ANTENNA FULLY UPWARDS
AVOID OPERATION DURING REFUELING OF AIRCRAFT OR
OTHER REFUELING OPERATIONS WITHIN 100 FEET (30
METERS).
AVOID OPERATION IF PERSONNEL ARE STANDING WITHIN
THE 270-DEGREE FORWARD SECTOR OF THE AIRCRAFT.
NOTE:
(1)
Refer to the radar manufacturers operating instructions for additional
information about testing and displays for the particular radar system in use.
Initial control setting - Place the controls in the following positions before applying
aircraft power.
MODE
GAIN
TILT
STAB
TGT ALRT
AZM
OFF
PRESET (fully counterclockwise in detent)
+15 (Primus 400 Radar System),
+10 (Primus 300SL Radar System)
ON
OFF
OFF
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 506
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
(2)
Select WX on the MFD and STBY on the Radar Control Panel MODE control.
Allow the system to warm up for 3-4 minutes.
(3)
Position the radar MODE control to TEST and observe the appropriate test pattern
on the MFD: When the test pattern appears, verify operation of the intensity control
on the MFD and adjust to desired viewing level.

Range marks and alphanumeric are displayed in white.

The colors of the first three target bands are green, yellow and red.

The color of the fourth target band (65 to 75 NM) is red.
(4)
Rotate MODE control to WX and push the TGT ALRT key to ON. Verify that the
letter T in a red box appears in the target alert area.
(5)
Rotate MODE control to TEST and observe that when the test pattern display
crosses the centerline, the T is replaced by a flashing TGT  label. Push the TGT
ALRT key OFF to disable the function.
(6)
Actuate the Radar Control Panel TILT control and verify that the antenna follows the
control.
(7)
Push the AZM key to ON and verify that azimuth marks are displayed in cyan at 30degree intervals. Push the AZM key to OFF to remove the azimuth marks.
(8)
Rotate MODE control to WX to erase display, and then rotate it to TEST. After
approximately two seconds, momentarily press FRZ and verify that the 1 2 3 display
beneath the color bar is replaced by a flashing FRZ label. Verify that only a portion
of the test pattern is displayed and there is no further updating. Momentarily press the
FRZ key and verify that the display begins updating beginning at the current scan
position.
(9)
Adjust range to 10 (NM) by pushing the △▽ keys on the MFD and verify that the test
pattern is momentarily blanked and then restored to the previous display.
(10)
Rotate the MODE control to WX and verify that WX is displayed and 10 appears as
the selected range. Verify correct range numeric.
(11)
Adjust range by pushing the △▽ keys on the MFD in succession
(25/50/100/200/300) and verify that range numeric change appropriately with each
selection.
(12)
Rotate MODE control to CYC and verify CYC is displayed in the mode field.
(13)
Rotate GAIN control just out of PRESET and verify that 1 2 3 remains in the
auxiliary field.
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 507
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
(14)
Rotate MODE control to WX and verify that WX is displayed in the mode field and
that VAR replaces 1 2 3 in auxiliary field.
(15)
Rotate MODE control to MAP and verify that MAP is displayed in the mode field.
Verify that the color of the range marks and alphanumeric is green.
(16)
Rotate MODE control to STBY to return radar to non-transmitting state. Return
GAIN control to PRESET.
(17)
Select WX on the Radar Control Panel and verify that the MFD displays an
appropriate weather radar picture.
(18)
On the Radar Control Panel, verify proper operation of the SECT SCAN and STAB
ON/OFF function keys.
NOTE:
(19)
F.
SECT SCAN is not available for the Primus 300SL radar system or
RP-1008 used for that system.
Remove power from the radar system by placing the Mode Control to OFF
MFD Display of Radar Using an RP-1008 Radar Control Panel
(P/N 1008-02-X) used with Collins 250/270/300 Radar System.
WARNING: IF THE RADAR SYSTEM IS TO BE OPERATED IN ANY MODE
OTHER THAN STBY OR TEST WHILE THE AIRCRAFT IS ON THE
GROUND:
DIRECT NOSE OF AIRCRAFT SUCH THAT THE ANTENNA SCAN
SECTOR IS FREE OF LARGE METALLIC OBJECTS SUCH AS
HANGARS OR OTHER AIRCRAFT FOR A DISTANCE OF 100 FEET
(30 METERS) AND TILT ANTENNA FULLY UPWARDS
AVOID OPERATION DURING REFUELING OF AIRCRAFT OR
OTHER REFUELING OPERATIONS WITHIN 100 FEET (30
METERS).
AVOID OPERATION IF PERSONNEL ARE STANDING WITHIN
THE 270-DEGREE FORWARD SECTOR OF THE AIRCRAFT.
NOTE:
(1)
Refer to the radar manufacturers operating instructions for additional
information about testing and displays for the particular radar system in use.
Initial control setting—Place the controls in the following positions before applying
aircraft power.
MODE
GAIN
TILT
STAB
TGT ALRT
AZM
OFF
0 DB
+15
ON
OFF
OFF
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 508
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
(2)
Select WX on the MFD and STBY mode on the RP-1008 radar control panel. Allow
the system to warm up for 1-minute.
(3)
Select TEST mode on the RP-1008 radar control panel and observe the appropriate
test pattern on the MFD (refer to the radar system installation manual for description
of test pattern). When the test pattern appears, verify operation of the intensity
control on the MFD and adjust to desired viewing level.
(4)
Adjust the TILT up and down from +15 to - 15 on the radar control panel and verify
that the antenna follows the control.
(5)
Rotate mode control to WX and note that the antenna sweeps.
(6)
If a distant target is evident, adjust TILT on the RP-1008 for best display of target.
(7)
Adjust range by pushing the △▽ keys on the MFD in succession
(25/50/100/200/300) and verify that range numeric and radar display changes
appropriately with each selection.
(8)
Press HOLD on the radar control panel and observe MFD. The display alternates
between WX and HOLD.
(9)
Select range 25 on the MFD and TEST on the radar control panel. While the test
pattern is being redisplayed, press the HOLD key. The test pattern redisplays stops
and alternates between TEST and HOLD.
(10)
Press the HOLD again and observe that the full test pattern is now displayed.
(11)
Select WX and any range on the MFD that gives a return. Observe that some portion
of the displays contours alternates between red and black.
(12)
Select NORM and observe that the contour portion of the display stops alternating
and remains red.
(13)
Rotate the GAIN control on the radar control panel through all the positions. At each
change note that the number and size of the targets change.
(14)
Rotate the mode control to STBY and press the TGT ALRT key. A yellow box a
yellow T is displayed.
(15)
Remove power from the radar system by placing the Mode Control to OFF
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 509
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
G.
MFD Display of Radar Without an RP-1008 Radar Control Panel
NOTE:
H.
(1)
Apply power to the Weather Radar system.
(2)
Select WX on the MFD
(3)
Perform an operational check of the radar system in accordance with the applicable
manufacturers instructions and verify that the MFD correctly displays radar
information.
(4)
If applicable, vary the range using the MFD △▽ keys and verify that the range and
range numeric changes appropriately with each selection.
TAWS/EGPWS Checkout
NOTE:
I.
Refer to the radar manufacturers operating instructions for additional
information about testing and displays for the particular radar system in use.
Refer to the TAWS/EGPWS manufacturers operating instructions for
additional information about testing and displays for the particular
TAWS/EGPWS system in use.
(1)
Apply power to the TAWS/EGPWS System.
(2)
Select TERR on the MFD and verify that the WX display is removed. Perform an
operational check of the TAWS System and verify that the MFD correctly displays
terrain.
(3)
Vary the range using the MFD controls and verify that the MFD responds
appropriately.
TCAS Checkout
NOTE:
Refer to the TCAS manufacturers operating instructions for additional
information about testing and displays for the particular TCAS system in use.
(1)
Apply power to the TCAS system.
(2)
Select TRAF on the MFD and perform an operational check of the TCAS, verify that
the MFD correctly displays traffic.
(3)
Select the ARC 360 key on the MFD and verify that the display switches accordingly
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 510
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
J.
FMS Checkout
NOTE:
K.
Refer to the FMS manufacturers operating instructions for additional
information about testing and displays for the particular FMS system in use.
(1)
Apply power to the FMS.
(2)
Program a flight plan with appropriate waypoints and tune a local DME and VOR.
(3)
Select NAV on the MFD and verify the proper display of the waypoints and the radio
navigation aids.
(4)
Verify that the display of the DME distance/time is correct.
UniLink Checkout
The MFD can be operated in one of two modes; Primary (Addressed) Mode, in which the
MFD is capable of transmitting and receiving over the RS422 image bus. Secondary
(eavesdrop) Mode in which the MFD listens to the RS-422 bus and displays the same image
determined by the UniLink Node the MFD is configured to.
NOTE:
Refer to UniLink Instructions in the FMS Operator’s Manual for additional
information about testing and displays for the particular FMS system in use.
(1)
Apply power to the UniLink system.
(2)
Primary (Addressable) Mode
From CDU 1, 2 or 3 according to the UniLink MFD configuration, select IMAGE
TEST from the UNILINK MAINTENANCE menu. Select NEW WX MAP
advisory with line select key (LSK) 5L when available. A test image should be
displayed either on the MFD or on both the CDU and MFD according to the UniLink
configuration.
NOTE:
(3)
UniLink MFD functions support graphics display on the CDU ONLY,
MFD ONLY, CDU AND MFD or NONE, for image selection from
any of the CDUs.
Secondary (Eavesdrop) Mode
From CDU 1, 2 or 3 corresponding to the UniLink Node configured, select IMAGE
TEST from the UNILINK MAINTENANCE menu. Select NEW WX MAP
advisory on LSK 5L when available. A test image should be displayed on both the
MFD and CDU.
NOTE:
The MFD can only display images from the CDU of which the Node
ID is configured.
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 511
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
L.
Vision-1 Checkout
NOTE:
M.
Refer to Vision-1 Operator’s Manual Report No. 34-40-03.01 and Installation
Manual Report No. 34-40-03 for detailed information about Vision-1. Also
refer to operating instructions for applicable Vision-1 input systems.
(1)
Apply power to Vision-1.
(2)
Apply power and operate required Vision-1 inputs (TAWS, FMS, Air Data
Computer, Radio Altimeter, Attitude System, Heading System) in accordance with
manufacturer’s operating instructions.
(3)
Using the TERR button on the MFD bezel, select Vision-1 for display; one push if
the MFD is not used to display TAWS or two times if the MFD is used to display
TAWS.
(4)
Verify that Vision-1 displays an image of the current position of the aircraft, showing
the airplane symbol and appropriate surrounding terrain from a perspective that is
above, behind and to the right of the airplanes current position.
Lightning Detection Checkout
NOTE:
Refer to the Lightning Detection manufacturers operating instructions for
additional information about testing and displays for the particular TCAS
system in use.
(1)
Apply power to the lightning detection system.
(2)
Press WX twice to display the Lightning Detection on the MFD and perform an
operational check of the Lightning Detection System, verify that the MFD correctly
displays lightning information.
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 512
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
3.
Post-Installation Radar Antenna Adjustment Procedures
The purpose of this procedure is to adjust the gain of the stabilization amplifiers to the output
sensitivity of the vertical gyroscope in the individual aircraft. This procedure should be
accomplished for the installation of an RP-1008 Radar Control Panel used with the Primus
300 Radar System.
NOTE:
The pitch and roll adjustment holes on the side of the RP-1008 are used in the
Primus 300SL Radar System only. Although there are adjustment holes on the
RP-1008 used with the Primus 400 Radar System, there are no adjustments
inside.
A.
Preliminary Checkout
WARNING: USE STANDBY MODE FOR FOLLOWING PROCEDURES TO
PREVENT RADIATION.
(1)
Verify that STBY is selected on the RP-1008.
(2)
Set Antenna SECT SCAN to OFF
NOTE:
(3)
(4)
B.
SECT SCAN is not available for the Primus 300SL or Collins WXR250/270/300 radar systems.
Verify that antenna mounting is aligned with roll and pitch axes of aircraft ¼
degree.
NOTE:
If it is necessary to adjust the pitch and roll gain potentiometers, pull
the RP-1008 Radar Control Panel (P/N 1008-03-X) approximately
three inches out of the instrument panel. On the side of the panel are
two potentiometer access holes, one is pitch and the other is roll.
Using the mounting surface of the aircraft vertical gyroscope as a reference,
determine and record pitch angle of aircraft as it rests on ramp.
Collins WXR-250/270/300 Radar System
There are no adjustments in the RP-1008 Radar Control Panel (P/N 1008-02-X) for the
Collins WXR-250/270/300 Radar System.
Refer to the Collins 250/270/300 Radar System Installation Manual for adjustment
procedures.
C.
Primus 400 Radar System
WARNING:
THERE ARE NO ADJUSTMENTS IN THE 1008-01-X USED FOR THE
PRIMUS 400 RADAR SYSTEM. DO NOT INSERT ADJUSTMENT
TOOL INTO PITCH AND ROLL ALIGNMENT HOLES IN THE 100801-X, DAMAGE TO THE INTERNAL CIRCUIT CARDS MAY
RESULT.
Refer to the Primus 400 Radar System manufacturer’s Installation Manual for pitch and roll
adjustment procedures.
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 513
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
D.
Primus 300 Radar System
(1)
Pitch Compensation Check and Adjustment
WARNING: WHEN MAKING ADJUSTMENTS IN THE 1008-03-X, USE
ONLY NON-METALLIC ADJUSTMENT TOOLS.
(2)
(a)
Manually position the antenna to dead-ahead position as indicated by antenna
azimuth scale.
(b)
Loosen or remove, as necessary, mounting hardware of aircraft vertical gyro.
Lift gyro from mounting surface. Using a protractor spirit level, prop the
gyroscope up in a 25-degree pitch-up attitude.
(c)
Switch STAB OFF key to OFF.
(d)
Using the spirit level against the surface of the antenna set TILT control to
position the antenna perpendicular to earth. (Disregard position of TILT
control.)
(e)
Switch STAB OFF key to ON and verify the antenna elevation changes to 25
degrees down. If the antenna is not at the elevation required, adjust the pitch
gain potentiometer to achieve the 25-degree position. (See illustration below
for location of adjustment.)
Roll Compensation Check and Adjustment
WARNING: WHEN MAKING ADJUSTMENTS IN THE 1008-03-X, USE
ONLY A NON-METALLIC ADJUSTMENT TOOL.
(a)
Switch STAB OFF switch to OFF.
(b)
Manually rotate antenna 60 degrees right to mechanical stop.
(c)
Using the spirit level against the surface of the antenna set TILT control to
position the antenna radiator perpendicular to earth.
(d)
Using a protractor spirit level, prop up the aircraft vertical gyroscope for a 0degree pitch and 25-degree right roll.
(e)
Switch the STAB OFF switch to ON and verify that the antenna elevation
changes to 22-degrees up. If the antenna radiator is not at the elevation
required, adjust the roll gain potentiometer to achieve the 22-degree position.
(See illustration below for location of adjustment.)
(f)
Switch the STAB OFF switch to OFF and manually rotate the antenna 60
degrees left to mechanical stop.
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 514
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
(3)
(g)
Use TILT control to position antenna perpendicular to earth.
(h)
Switch STAB OFF switch to ON and verify that the antenna elevation
changes to 22-degrees down. If the antenna is not at the elevation required,
adjust the roll gain potentiometer to split the error between 60 degrees right
and 60 degrees left. (See illustration below for location of adjustment.)
Turn radar system OFF. Remount vertical gyroscope. Reinstall 1008-03-X radar
control panel.
1008-03-X Radar Antenna Adjustments used with Primus 300 Radar System
Only
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 515
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
4.
Cleaning
The MFD does not require any scheduled cleaning.
If the unit becomes contaminated with hydraulic fluid or other oily or chemical substance,
return it to the factory.
CAUTION: DO NOT USE COMPRESSED AIR TO CLEAN THE MFD. DO NOT
ALLOW FLUID TO MIGRATE TO THE INTERIOR OF THE UNIT.
A.
Display
(1)
Clean the display surface using a lint-free cloth moistened with a 50/50 mixture of
isopropyl alcohol and water.
Recommended Cleaning Cloth - Kimberly-Clark Kaydry® EX-L Laboratory Wipers.
Wiper should be low in lint, absorbent, non-abrasive and anti-static.
(2)
Dry with a clean lint-free cloth.
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 516
14 December 2016
Multi-Function Display Installation Manual
5.
Handling and Packaging
(1)
Install conductive plug covers on two connectors on the back panel of the MFD.
(2)
Cover the display with Blue Poly Mask (film) to protect display.
Blue Poly Mask – P/N SPV-224C
Distributor:
Ameritape
Jacksonville FL
(904) 565-9999
(3)
Put the MFD in an ESD shielding bag.
(4)
Fold the bag over to enclose the MFD. Seal the bag with an ESD caution label.
(5)
Wrap the MFD and its ESD shielding bag in bubble wrap. If bubble wrap is not
available, wrap the unit with paper. Use enough paper to provide scratch and minor
impact protection.
CAUTION: SELECT A CONTAINER OF SUFFICIENT STRENGTH AND
SIZE TO PROTECT THE MFD FROM DAMAGE DURING
STORAGE OR SHIPMENT. USE PACKING MATERIALS
INSIDE THE CONTAINER THAT CAN WITHSTAND FORCES
THAT MAY CRUSH SIDES, EDGES OR CORNERS OF THE
CONTAINER WHILE PROTECTING THE MFD.
(6)
Place the wrapped MFD in the selected container with adequate packing materials.
(7)
Seal the container for moisture protection.
ESD Caution Label
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-20-02
Page 517
14 December 2016